src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 /*
  13     TODO:
  14
  15     - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay
  16     - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw()
  17     - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess.
  18     - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns.
  19  */
  20
  21 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  22 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  23
  24 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  25     #pragma hdrstop
  26 #endif
  27
  28 #if wxUSE_GRID
  29
  30 #include "wx/grid.h"
  31
  32 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  33     #include "wx/utils.h"
  34     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  35     #include "wx/settings.h"
  36     #include "wx/log.h"
  37     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  38     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  39     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  40     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  41     #include "wx/intl.h"
  42     #include "wx/math.h"
  43     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  44 #endif
  45
  46 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  47 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  48 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  49 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  50 #include "wx/headerctrl.h"
  51 #include "wx/hashset.h"
  52
  53 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  54 #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h"
  55 #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h"
  56 #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h"
  57
  58 const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid";
  59
  60 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  61     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  62 #else
  63     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  64 #endif
  65
  66 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  67     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  68 #else
  69     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  70 #endif
  71
  72 // Required for wxIs... functions
  73 #include <ctype.h>
  74
  75 WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL_PTR(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
  76                                   wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  77
  78
  79 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  80 // globals
  81 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 namespace
  84 {
  85
  86 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
  87 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
  88     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
  89     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
  90 #endif
  91
  92 // this struct simply combines together the default header renderers
  93 //
  94 // as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them
  95 // globals
  96 struct DefaultHeaderRenderers
  97 {
  98     wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer;
  99     wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer;
 100     wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer;
 101 } gs_defaultHeaderRenderers;
 102
 103 } // anonymous namespace
 104
 105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 106 // constants
 107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 108
 109 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 110 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 111
 112 namespace
 113 {
 114
 115 // scroll line size
 116 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;
 117 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 118
 119 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 120 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 121 const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 122
 123 // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag
 124 // operation
 125 const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3;
 126
 127 } // anonymous namespace
 128
 129 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 130
 131 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 132 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 133
 134 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 135 // events
 136 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 137
 138 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
 139 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
 140 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
 141 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
 142 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent );
 143 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
 144 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
 145 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
 146 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
 147 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
 148 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
 149 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
 150 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent );
 151 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent );
 152 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent );
 153 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent );
 154 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent );
 155 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent );
 156 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent );
 157 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent );
 158 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent );
 159 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, wxGridEvent );
 160
 161 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 162 // private helpers
 163 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 164
 165 namespace
 166 {
 167
 168     // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if
 169     // necessary
 170     void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second)
 171     {
 172         if ( first > second )
 173             wxSwap(first, second);
 174     }
 175
 176 } // anonymous namespace
 177
 178 // ============================================================================
 179 // implementation
 180 // ============================================================================
 181
 182 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 183
 184 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 185     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 186     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 187     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 188 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 189
 190 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl)
 191     EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick)
 192     EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnDoubleClick)
 193     EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnRightClick)
 194
 195     EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize)
 196     EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing)
 197     EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize)
 198
 199     EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder)
 200     EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder)
 201 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 202
 203 wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const
 204 {
 205     static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper;
 206
 207     return s_colOper;
 208 }
 209
 210 wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const
 211 {
 212     static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper;
 213
 214     return s_rowOper;
 215 }
 216
 217 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 218 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
 219 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
 220 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 221
 222 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
 223 {
 224     // nothing to do
 225 }
 226
 227 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
 228 {
 229 }
 230
 231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 232 // wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes
 233 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 234
 235 void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid,
 236                                            wxDC& dc,
 237                                            const wxString& value,
 238                                            const wxRect& rect,
 239                                            int horizAlign,
 240                                            int vertAlign,
 241                                            int textOrientation) const
 242 {
 243     dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
 244     dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour());
 245     dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont());
 246     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
 247 }
 248
 249
 250 void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
 251                                                 wxDC& dc,
 252                                                 wxRect& rect) const
 253 {
 254     dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
 255     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
 256                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
 257     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
 258                 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
 259     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
 260                 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
 261
 262     dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
 263     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
 264                 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
 265     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
 266                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
 267
 268     rect.Deflate(2);
 269 }
 270
 271 void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
 272                                                    wxDC& dc,
 273                                                    wxRect& rect) const
 274 {
 275     dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
 276     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
 277                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
 278     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
 279                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
 280     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
 281                 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
 282
 283     dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
 284     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
 285                 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
 286     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
 287                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1);
 288
 289     rect.Deflate(2);
 290 }
 291
 292 void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
 293                                                    wxDC& dc,
 294                                                    wxRect& rect) const
 295 {
 296     dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
 297     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
 298                 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop());
 299     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
 300                 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1);
 301     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
 302                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
 303     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
 304                 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
 305
 306     dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
 307     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
 308                 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1);
 309     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
 310                 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1);
 311
 312     rect.Deflate(2);
 313 }
 314
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316 // wxGridCellAttr
 317 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 318
 319 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
 320 {
 321     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
 322
 323     m_renderer = NULL;
 324     m_editor = NULL;
 325
 326     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
 327
 328     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
 329     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
 330
 331     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
 332 }
 333
 334 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
 335 {
 336     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
 337
 338     if ( HasTextColour() )
 339         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
 340     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
 341         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
 342     if ( HasFont() )
 343         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
 344     if ( HasAlignment() )
 345         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
 346
 347     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
 348
 349     if ( m_renderer )
 350     {
 351         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
 352         m_renderer->IncRef();
 353     }
 354     if ( m_editor )
 355     {
 356         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
 357         m_editor->IncRef();
 358     }
 359
 360     if ( IsReadOnly() )
 361         attr->SetReadOnly();
 362
 363     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
 364     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
 365
 366     return attr;
 367 }
 368
 369 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
 370 {
 371     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
 372         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
 373     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
 374         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
 375     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
 376         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
 377     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
 378     {
 379         int hAlign, vAlign;
 380         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
 381         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
 382     }
 383     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
 384         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
 385
 386     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
 387     // m_renderer/m_editor
 388     //
 389     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
 390     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
 391     {
 392         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
 393         m_renderer->IncRef();
 394     }
 395     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
 396     {
 397         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
 398         m_editor->IncRef();
 399     }
 400     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
 401         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
 402
 403     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
 404         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
 405
 406     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
 407 }
 408
 409 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
 410 {
 411     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
 412
 413     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
 414     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
 415     // set to negative or zero values such that
 416     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
 417     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
 418
 419     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
 420
 421     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
 422                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
 423                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
 424                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two positive values or negative/zero values"));
 425
 426     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
 427     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
 428 }
 429
 430 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
 431 {
 432     if (HasTextColour())
 433     {
 434         return m_colText;
 435     }
 436     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
 437     {
 438         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
 439     }
 440     else
 441     {
 442         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
 443         return wxNullColour;
 444     }
 445 }
 446
 447 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
 448 {
 449     if (HasBackgroundColour())
 450     {
 451         return m_colBack;
 452     }
 453     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
 454     {
 455         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
 456     }
 457     else
 458     {
 459         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
 460         return wxNullColour;
 461     }
 462 }
 463
 464 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
 465 {
 466     if (HasFont())
 467     {
 468         return m_font;
 469     }
 470     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
 471     {
 472         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
 473     }
 474     else
 475     {
 476         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
 477         return wxNullFont;
 478     }
 479 }
 480
 481 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
 482 {
 483     if (HasAlignment())
 484     {
 485         if ( hAlign )
 486             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
 487         if ( vAlign )
 488             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
 489     }
 490     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
 491     {
 492         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
 493     }
 494     else
 495     {
 496         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
 497     }
 498 }
 499
 500 void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
 501 {
 502     if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
 503         *hAlign = m_hAlign;
 504
 505     if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
 506         *vAlign = m_vAlign;
 507 }
 508
 509 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
 510 {
 511     if ( num_rows )
 512         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
 513     if ( num_cols )
 514         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
 515 }
 516
 517 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
 518 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
 519 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
 520 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
 521 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
 522 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
 523
 524 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
 525 {
 526     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
 527
 528     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
 529     {
 530         // use the cells renderer if it has one
 531         renderer = m_renderer;
 532         renderer->IncRef();
 533     }
 534     else // no non-default cell renderer
 535     {
 536         // get default renderer for the data type
 537         if ( grid )
 538         {
 539             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
 540             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
 541         }
 542
 543         if ( renderer == NULL )
 544         {
 545             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
 546             {
 547                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
 548                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
 549                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
 550             }
 551             else // default grid attr
 552             {
 553                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
 554                 renderer = m_renderer;
 555                 if ( renderer )
 556                     renderer->IncRef();
 557             }
 558         }
 559     }
 560
 561     // we're supposed to always find something
 562     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
 563
 564     return renderer;
 565 }
 566
 567 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
 568 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
 569 {
 570     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
 571
 572     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
 573     {
 574         // use the cells editor if it has one
 575         editor = m_editor;
 576         editor->IncRef();
 577     }
 578     else // no non default cell editor
 579     {
 580         // get default editor for the data type
 581         if ( grid )
 582         {
 583             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
 584             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
 585         }
 586
 587         if ( editor == NULL )
 588         {
 589             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
 590             {
 591                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
 592                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
 593                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
 594             }
 595             else // default grid attr
 596             {
 597                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
 598                 editor = m_editor;
 599                 if ( editor )
 600                     editor->IncRef();
 601             }
 602         }
 603     }
 604
 605     // we're supposed to always find something
 606     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
 607
 608     return editor;
 609 }
 610
 611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 612 // wxGridCellAttrData
 613 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 614
 615 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
 616 {
 617     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
 618     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
 619     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
 620     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
 621     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
 622     {
 623         if ( attr )
 624         {
 625             // add the attribute
 626             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
 627         }
 628         //else: nothing to do
 629     }
 630     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
 631     {
 632         if ( attr )
 633         {
 634             // change the attribute
 635             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
 636         }
 637         else
 638         {
 639             // remove this attribute
 640             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
 641         }
 642     }
 643 }
 644
 645 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
 646 {
 647     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
 648
 649     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
 650     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
 651     {
 652         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
 653         attr->IncRef();
 654     }
 655
 656     return attr;
 657 }
 658
 659 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
 660 {
 661     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 662     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 663     {
 664         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
 665         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
 666         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
 667         {
 668             if (numRows > 0)
 669             {
 670                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
 671                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
 672             }
 673             else if (numRows < 0)
 674             {
 675                 // If rows deleted ...
 676                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
 677                 {
 678                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
 679                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
 680                 }
 681                 else
 682                 {
 683                     // ...or remove the attribute
 684                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
 685                     n--;
 686                     count--;
 687                 }
 688             }
 689         }
 690     }
 691 }
 692
 693 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
 694 {
 695     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 696     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 697     {
 698         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
 699         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
 700         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
 701         {
 702             if ( numCols > 0 )
 703             {
 704                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
 705                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
 706             }
 707             else if (numCols < 0)
 708             {
 709                 // If rows deleted ...
 710                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
 711                 {
 712                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
 713                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
 714                 }
 715                 else
 716                 {
 717                     // ...or remove the attribute
 718                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
 719                     n--;
 720                     count--;
 721                 }
 722             }
 723         }
 724     }
 725 }
 726
 727 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
 728 {
 729     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 730     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 731     {
 732         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
 733         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
 734         {
 735             return n;
 736         }
 737     }
 738
 739     return wxNOT_FOUND;
 740 }
 741
 742 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 743 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 744 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 745
 746 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
 747 {
 748     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 749     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 750     {
 751         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
 752     }
 753 }
 754
 755 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
 756 {
 757     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
 758
 759     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
 760     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
 761     {
 762         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
 763         attr->IncRef();
 764     }
 765
 766     return attr;
 767 }
 768
 769 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
 770 {
 771     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
 772     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
 773     {
 774         if ( attr )
 775         {
 776             // store the new attribute, taking its ownership
 777             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
 778             m_attrs.Add(attr);
 779         }
 780         // nothing to remove
 781     }
 782     else // we have an attribute for this row or column
 783     {
 784         size_t n = (size_t)i;
 785
 786         // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is
 787         // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on
 788         // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new
 789         // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count
 790         // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too
 791         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
 792
 793         if ( attr )
 794         {
 795             // replace the attribute with the new one
 796             m_attrs[n] = attr;
 797         }
 798         else // remove the attribute
 799         {
 800             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
 801             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
 802         }
 803     }
 804 }
 805
 806 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
 807 {
 808     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 809     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 810     {
 811         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
 812         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
 813         {
 814             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
 815             {
 816                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
 817                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
 818             }
 819             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
 820             {
 821                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
 822                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
 823                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
 824                 else
 825                 {
 826                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
 827                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
 828                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
 829                     n--;
 830                     count--;
 831                 }
 832             }
 833         }
 834     }
 835 }
 836
 837 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 838 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
 839 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 840
 841 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
 842 {
 843     m_data = NULL;
 844 }
 845
 846 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
 847 {
 848     delete m_data;
 849 }
 850
 851 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
 852 {
 853     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
 854 }
 855
 856 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
 857                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
 858 {
 859     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
 860     if ( m_data )
 861     {
 862         switch (kind)
 863         {
 864             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
 865                 // Get cached merge attributes.
 866                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
 867                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
 868                 if (!attr)
 869                 {
 870                     // Basically implement old version.
 871                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
 872                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
 873                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
 874                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
 875
 876                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
 877                     {
 878                         // Two or more are non NULL
 879                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
 880                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
 881
 882                         // Order is important..
 883                         if (attrcell)
 884                         {
 885                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
 886                             attrcell->DecRef();
 887                         }
 888                         if (attrcol)
 889                         {
 890                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
 891                             attrcol->DecRef();
 892                         }
 893                         if (attrrow)
 894                         {
 895                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
 896                             attrrow->DecRef();
 897                         }
 898
 899                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
 900                         //attr->IncRef();
 901                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
 902                     }
 903                     else
 904                     {
 905                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
 906                         if (attrrow)
 907                             attr = attrrow;
 908                         if (attrcol)
 909                         {
 910                             if (attr)
 911                                 attr->DecRef();
 912                             attr = attrcol;
 913                         }
 914                         if (attrcell)
 915                         {
 916                             if (attr)
 917                                 attr->DecRef();
 918                             attr = attrcell;
 919                         }
 920                     }
 921                 }
 922                 break;
 923
 924             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
 925                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
 926                 break;
 927
 928             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
 929                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
 930                 break;
 931
 932             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
 933                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
 934                 break;
 935
 936             default:
 937                 // unused as yet...
 938                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
 939                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
 940                 break;
 941         }
 942     }
 943
 944     return attr;
 945 }
 946
 947 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
 948                                      int row, int col)
 949 {
 950     if ( !m_data )
 951         InitData();
 952
 953     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
 954 }
 955
 956 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
 957 {
 958     if ( !m_data )
 959         InitData();
 960
 961     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
 962 }
 963
 964 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
 965 {
 966     if ( !m_data )
 967         InitData();
 968
 969     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
 970 }
 971
 972 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
 973 {
 974     if ( m_data )
 975     {
 976         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
 977
 978         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
 979     }
 980 }
 981
 982 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
 983 {
 984     if ( m_data )
 985     {
 986         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
 987
 988         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
 989     }
 990 }
 991
 992 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
 993 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col))
 994 {
 995     return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer;
 996 }
 997
 998 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
 999 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row))
1000 {
1001     return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer;
1002 }
1003
1004 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer()
1005 {
1006     return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer;
1007 }
1008
1009 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1010 // wxGridTableBase
1011 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1012
1013 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
1014
1015 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
1016 {
1017     m_view = NULL;
1018     m_attrProvider = NULL;
1019 }
1020
1021 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
1022 {
1023     delete m_attrProvider;
1024 }
1025
1026 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
1027 {
1028     delete m_attrProvider;
1029     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
1030 }
1031
1032 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
1033 {
1034     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
1035     {
1036         // use the default attr provider by default
1037         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
1038     }
1039
1040     return true;
1041 }
1042
1043 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
1044 {
1045     if ( m_attrProvider )
1046         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
1047     else
1048         return NULL;
1049 }
1050
1051 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
1052 {
1053     if ( m_attrProvider )
1054     {
1055         if ( attr )
1056             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
1057         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
1058     }
1059     else
1060     {
1061         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1062         // free it now
1063         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1064     }
1065 }
1066
1067 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
1068 {
1069     if ( m_attrProvider )
1070     {
1071         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
1072         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
1073     }
1074     else
1075     {
1076         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1077         // free it now
1078         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1079     }
1080 }
1081
1082 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
1083 {
1084     if ( m_attrProvider )
1085     {
1086         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
1087         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
1088     }
1089     else
1090     {
1091         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1092         // free it now
1093         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1094     }
1095 }
1096
1097 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1098                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1099 {
1100     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
1101
1102     return false;
1103 }
1104
1105 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1106 {
1107     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1108
1109     return false;
1110 }
1111
1112 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1113                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1114 {
1115     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1116
1117     return false;
1118 }
1119
1120 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1121                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1122 {
1123     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1124
1125     return false;
1126 }
1127
1128 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1129 {
1130     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1131
1132     return false;
1133 }
1134
1135 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1136                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1137 {
1138     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1139
1140     return false;
1141 }
1142
1143 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1144 {
1145     wxString s;
1146
1147     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
1148     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
1149     s << row + 1;
1150
1151     return s;
1152 }
1153
1154 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1155 {
1156     // default col labels are:
1157     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
1158     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
1159     //   etc.
1160
1161     wxString s;
1162     unsigned int i, n;
1163     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
1164     {
1165         s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
1166         col = col / 26 - 1;
1167         if ( col < 0 )
1168             break;
1169     }
1170
1171     // reverse the string...
1172     wxString s2;
1173     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
1174     {
1175         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
1176     }
1177
1178     return s2;
1179 }
1180
1181 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1182 {
1183     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1184 }
1185
1186 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1187                                      const wxString& typeName )
1188 {
1189     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1190 }
1191
1192 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
1193 {
1194     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
1195 }
1196
1197 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1198 {
1199     return 0;
1200 }
1201
1202 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1203 {
1204     return 0.0;
1205 }
1206
1207 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1208 {
1209     return false;
1210 }
1211
1212 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1213                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
1214 {
1215 }
1216
1217 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1218                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
1219 {
1220 }
1221
1222 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1223                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
1224 {
1225 }
1226
1227 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1228                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
1229 {
1230     return NULL;
1231 }
1232
1233 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1234                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
1235                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
1236 {
1237 }
1238
1239 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1240 //
1241 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
1242 // to the grid view
1243 //
1244
1245 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
1246 {
1247     m_table =  NULL;
1248     m_id = -1;
1249     m_comInt1 = -1;
1250     m_comInt2 = -1;
1251 }
1252
1253 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
1254                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
1255 {
1256     m_table = table;
1257     m_id = id;
1258     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
1259     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
1260 }
1261
1262 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1263 //
1264 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
1265 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
1266 //
1267
1268 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
1269
1270 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
1271
1272 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
1273         : wxGridTableBase()
1274 {
1275     m_numCols = 0;
1276 }
1277
1278 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
1279         : wxGridTableBase()
1280 {
1281     m_numCols = numCols;
1282
1283     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
1284
1285     wxArrayString sa;
1286     sa.Alloc( numCols );
1287     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1288
1289     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1290 }
1291
1292 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
1293 {
1294     wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1295                  (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1296                  wxEmptyString,
1297                  wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1298
1299     return m_data[row][col];
1300 }
1301
1302 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
1303 {
1304     wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1305                  (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1306                  wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1307
1308     m_data[row][col] = value;
1309 }
1310
1311 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
1312 {
1313     int row, col;
1314     int numRows, numCols;
1315
1316     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
1317     if ( numRows > 0 )
1318     {
1319         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
1320
1321         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
1322         {
1323             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
1324             {
1325                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
1326             }
1327         }
1328     }
1329 }
1330
1331 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1332 {
1333     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1334     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1335                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1336
1337     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1338     {
1339         return AppendRows( numRows );
1340     }
1341
1342     wxArrayString sa;
1343     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1344     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1345     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
1346
1347     if ( GetView() )
1348     {
1349         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1350                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
1351                                 pos,
1352                                 numRows );
1353
1354         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1355     }
1356
1357     return true;
1358 }
1359
1360 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
1361 {
1362     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1363     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1364                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1365                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1366
1367     wxArrayString sa;
1368     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
1369     {
1370         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1371         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1372     }
1373
1374     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1375
1376     if ( GetView() )
1377     {
1378         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1379                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
1380                                 numRows );
1381
1382         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1383     }
1384
1385     return true;
1386 }
1387
1388 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1389 {
1390     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1391
1392     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1393     {
1394         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1395                     (
1396                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
1397                         (unsigned long)pos,
1398                         (unsigned long)numRows,
1399                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
1400                     ) );
1401
1402         return false;
1403     }
1404
1405     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
1406     {
1407         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
1408     }
1409
1410     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
1411     {
1412         m_data.Clear();
1413     }
1414     else
1415     {
1416         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
1417     }
1418
1419     if ( GetView() )
1420     {
1421         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1422                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
1423                                 pos,
1424                                 numRows );
1425
1426         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1427     }
1428
1429     return true;
1430 }
1431
1432 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1433 {
1434     size_t row, col;
1435
1436     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1437     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1438                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1439                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1440
1441     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1442     {
1443         return AppendCols( numCols );
1444     }
1445
1446     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1447     {
1448         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
1449
1450         size_t i;
1451         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
1452             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
1453     }
1454
1455     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1456     {
1457         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
1458         {
1459             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
1460         }
1461     }
1462
1463     m_numCols += numCols;
1464
1465     if ( GetView() )
1466     {
1467         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1468                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
1469                                 pos,
1470                                 numCols );
1471
1472         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1473     }
1474
1475     return true;
1476 }
1477
1478 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
1479 {
1480     size_t row;
1481
1482     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1483
1484     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1485     {
1486         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1487     }
1488
1489     m_numCols += numCols;
1490
1491     if ( GetView() )
1492     {
1493         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1494                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
1495                                 numCols );
1496
1497         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1498     }
1499
1500     return true;
1501 }
1502
1503 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1504 {
1505     size_t row;
1506
1507     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1508     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1509                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1510
1511     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1512     {
1513         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1514                     (
1515                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
1516                         (unsigned long)pos,
1517                         (unsigned long)numCols,
1518                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
1519                     ) );
1520         return false;
1521     }
1522
1523     int colID;
1524     if ( GetView() )
1525         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
1526     else
1527         colID = pos;
1528
1529     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
1530     {
1531         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
1532     }
1533
1534     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1535     {
1536         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
1537         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
1538         // element and not numCols, so account for it
1539         int numRemaining = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
1540         if (numRemaining > 0)
1541             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, wxMin(numCols, numRemaining) );
1542     }
1543
1544     if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
1545     {
1546         for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1547         {
1548             m_data[row].Clear();
1549         }
1550
1551         m_numCols = 0;
1552     }
1553     else // something will be left
1554     {
1555         for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1556         {
1557             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
1558         }
1559
1560         m_numCols -= numCols;
1561     }
1562
1563     if ( GetView() )
1564     {
1565         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1566                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
1567                                 pos,
1568                                 numCols );
1569
1570         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1571     }
1572
1573     return true;
1574 }
1575
1576 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1577 {
1578     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1579     {
1580         // using default label
1581         //
1582         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
1583     }
1584     else
1585     {
1586         return m_rowLabels[row];
1587     }
1588 }
1589
1590 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1591 {
1592     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1593     {
1594         // using default label
1595         //
1596         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
1597     }
1598     else
1599     {
1600         return m_colLabels[col];
1601     }
1602 }
1603
1604 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
1605 {
1606     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1607     {
1608         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
1609         int i;
1610
1611         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
1612         {
1613             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
1614         }
1615     }
1616
1617     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
1618 }
1619
1620 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
1621 {
1622     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1623     {
1624         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
1625         int i;
1626
1627         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
1628         {
1629             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
1630         }
1631     }
1632
1633     m_colLabels[col] = value;
1634 }
1635
1636
1637 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1638 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1639
1640 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
1641     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
1642 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1643
1644 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
1645 {
1646     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
1647 }
1648
1649 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1650     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1651     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1652     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1653 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1654
1655 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1656 {
1657     wxPaintDC dc(this);
1658
1659     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1660     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1661     // set the y coord  - MB
1662     //
1663     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1664
1665     int x, y;
1666     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1667     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1668     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
1669
1670     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1671     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
1672 }
1673
1674 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1675 {
1676     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
1677 }
1678
1679 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1680 {
1681     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1682         event.Skip();
1683 }
1684
1685 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1686
1687 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1688     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1689     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1690     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1691 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1692
1693 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1694 {
1695     wxPaintDC dc(this);
1696
1697     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1698     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1699     // set the x coord  - MB
1700     //
1701     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1702
1703     int x, y;
1704     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1705     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1706     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
1707         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
1708     else
1709         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
1710
1711     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1712     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
1713 }
1714
1715 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1716 {
1717     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
1718 }
1719
1720 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1721 {
1722     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1723         event.Skip();
1724 }
1725
1726 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1727
1728 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1729     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1730     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1731     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1732 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1733
1734 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1735 {
1736     wxPaintDC dc(this);
1737
1738     m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc);
1739 }
1740
1741 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1742 {
1743     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
1744 }
1745
1746 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1747 {
1748     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1749         event.Skip();
1750 }
1751
1752 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1753
1754 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1755     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
1756     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1757     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1758     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
1759     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
1760     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
1761     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1762     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1763     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
1764 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1765
1766 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
1767 {
1768     wxPaintDC dc( this );
1769     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1770     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
1771     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
1772     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
1773
1774     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
1775
1776     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
1777
1778     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
1779 }
1780
1781 void wxGrid::Render( wxDC& dc,
1782                      const wxPoint& position,
1783                      const wxSize& size,
1784                      const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1785                      const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1786                      int style )
1787 {
1788     wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetCol() < GetNumberCols(),
1789                  "Invalid right column" );
1790     wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetRow() < GetNumberRows(),
1791                  "Invalid bottom row" );
1792
1793     // store user settings and reset later
1794
1795     // remove grid selection, don't paint selection colour
1796     // unless we have wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION
1797     // block selections are the only ones catered for here
1798     wxGridCellCoordsArray selectedCells;
1799     bool hasSelection = IsSelection();
1800     if ( hasSelection && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1801     {
1802         selectedCells = GetSelectionBlockTopLeft();
1803         // non block selections may not have a bottom right
1804         if ( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight().size() )
1805             selectedCells.Add( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight()[ 0 ] );
1806
1807         ClearSelection();
1808     }
1809
1810     // store user device origin
1811     wxCoord userOriginX, userOriginY;
1812     dc.GetDeviceOrigin( &userOriginX, &userOriginY );
1813
1814     // store user scale
1815     double scaleUserX, scaleUserY;
1816     dc.GetUserScale( &scaleUserX, &scaleUserY );
1817
1818     // set defaults if necessary
1819     wxGridCellCoords leftTop( topLeft ), rightBottom( bottomRight );
1820     if ( leftTop.GetCol() < 0 )
1821         leftTop.SetCol(0);
1822     if ( leftTop.GetRow() < 0 )
1823         leftTop.SetRow(0);
1824     if ( rightBottom.GetCol() < 0 )
1825         rightBottom.SetCol(GetNumberCols() - 1);
1826     if ( rightBottom.GetRow() < 0 )
1827         rightBottom.SetRow(GetNumberRows() - 1);
1828
1829     // get grid offset, size and cell parameters
1830     wxPoint pointOffSet;
1831     wxSize sizeGrid;
1832     wxGridCellCoordsArray renderCells;
1833     wxArrayInt arrayCols;
1834     wxArrayInt arrayRows;
1835
1836     GetRenderSizes( leftTop, rightBottom,
1837                     pointOffSet, sizeGrid,
1838                     renderCells,
1839                     arrayCols, arrayRows );
1840
1841     // add headers/labels to dimensions
1842     if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1843         sizeGrid.x += GetRowLabelSize();
1844     if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1845         sizeGrid.y += GetColLabelSize();
1846
1847     // get render start position in logical units
1848     wxPoint positionRender = GetRenderPosition( dc, position );
1849
1850     wxCoord originX = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( positionRender.x );
1851     wxCoord originY = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( positionRender.y );
1852
1853     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1854
1855     SetRenderScale( dc, positionRender, size, sizeGrid );
1856
1857     // draw row headers at specified origin
1858     if ( GetRowLabelSize() > 0 && ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
1859     {
1860         if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1861         {
1862             DrawCornerLabel( dc ); // do only if both col and row labels drawn
1863             originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1864         }
1865
1866         originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1867         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1868
1869         DrawRowLabels( dc, arrayRows );
1870
1871         // reset for columns
1872         if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1873             originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1874
1875         originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1876         // X offset so we don't overwrite row labels
1877         originX += dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( GetRowLabelSize() );
1878     }
1879
1880     // subtract col offset where startcol > 0
1881     originX -= dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( pointOffSet.x );
1882     // no y offset for col labels, they are at the Y origin
1883
1884     // draw column labels
1885     if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1886     {
1887         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1888         DrawColLabels( dc, arrayCols );
1889         // don't overwrite the labels, increment originY
1890         originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1891     }
1892
1893     // set device origin to draw grid cells and lines
1894     originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1895     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1896
1897     // draw cell area background
1898     dc.SetBrush( GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() );
1899     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1900     // subtract headers from grid area dimensions
1901     wxSize sizeCells( sizeGrid );
1902     if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1903         sizeCells.x -= GetRowLabelSize();
1904     if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1905         sizeCells.y -= GetColLabelSize();
1906
1907     dc.DrawRectangle( pointOffSet, sizeCells );
1908
1909     // draw cells
1910     DrawGridCellArea( dc, renderCells );
1911
1912     // draw grid lines
1913     if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_CELL_LINES )
1914     {
1915         wxRegion regionClip( pointOffSet.x, pointOffSet.y,
1916                              sizeCells.x, sizeCells.y );
1917
1918         DrawRangeGridLines(dc, regionClip, renderCells[0], renderCells.Last());
1919     }
1920
1921     // draw render rectangle bounding lines
1922     DoRenderBox( dc, style,
1923                  pointOffSet, sizeCells,
1924                  leftTop, rightBottom );
1925
1926     // restore user setings
1927     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( userOriginX, userOriginY );
1928     dc.SetUserScale( scaleUserX, scaleUserY );
1929
1930     if ( selectedCells.size() && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1931     {
1932         SelectBlock( selectedCells[ 0 ].GetRow(),
1933                      selectedCells[ 0 ].GetCol(),
1934                      selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetRow(),
1935                      selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetCol() );
1936     }
1937 }
1938
1939 void
1940 wxGrid::SetRenderScale(wxDC& dc,
1941                        const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
1942                        const wxSize& sizeGrid )
1943 {
1944     double scaleX, scaleY;
1945     wxSize sizeTemp;
1946
1947     if ( size.GetWidth() != wxDefaultSize.GetWidth() ) // size.x was specified
1948         sizeTemp.SetWidth( size.GetWidth() );
1949     else
1950         sizeTemp.SetWidth( dc.DeviceToLogicalXRel( dc.GetSize().GetWidth() )
1951                            - pos.x );
1952
1953     if ( size.GetHeight() != wxDefaultSize.GetHeight() ) // size.y was specified
1954         sizeTemp.SetHeight( size.GetHeight() );
1955     else
1956         sizeTemp.SetHeight( dc.DeviceToLogicalYRel( dc.GetSize().GetHeight() )
1957                             - pos.y );
1958
1959     scaleX = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetWidth() / (double) sizeGrid.GetWidth() );
1960     scaleY = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetHeight() / (double) sizeGrid.GetHeight() );
1961
1962     dc.SetUserScale( wxMin( scaleX, scaleY), wxMin( scaleX, scaleY ) );
1963 }
1964
1965 // get grid rendered size, origin offset and fill cell arrays
1966 void wxGrid::GetRenderSizes( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1967                              const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1968                              wxPoint& pointOffSet, wxSize& sizeGrid,
1969                              wxGridCellCoordsArray& renderCells,
1970                              wxArrayInt& arrayCols, wxArrayInt& arrayRows )
1971 {
1972     pointOffSet.x = 0;
1973     pointOffSet.y = 0;
1974     sizeGrid.SetWidth( 0 );
1975     sizeGrid.SetHeight( 0 );
1976
1977     int col, row;
1978
1979     wxGridSizesInfo sizeinfo = GetColSizes();
1980     for ( col = 0; col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
1981     {
1982         if ( col < topLeft.GetCol() )
1983         {
1984             pointOffSet.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1985         }
1986         else
1987         {
1988             for ( row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
1989             {
1990                 renderCells.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ));
1991                 arrayRows.Add( row ); // column labels rendered in DrawColLabels
1992             }
1993             arrayCols.Add( col ); // row labels rendered in DrawRowLabels
1994             sizeGrid.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1995         }
1996     }
1997
1998     sizeinfo = GetRowSizes();
1999     for ( row = 0; row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
2000     {
2001         if ( row < topLeft.GetRow() )
2002             pointOffSet.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2003         else
2004             sizeGrid.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2005     }
2006 }
2007
2008 // get render start position
2009 // if position not specified use dc draw extents MaxX and MaxY
2010 wxPoint wxGrid::GetRenderPosition( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& position )
2011 {
2012     wxPoint positionRender( position );
2013
2014     if ( !positionRender.IsFullySpecified() )
2015     {
2016         if ( positionRender.x == wxDefaultPosition.x )
2017             positionRender.x = dc.MaxX();
2018
2019         if ( positionRender.y == wxDefaultPosition.y )
2020             positionRender.y = dc.MaxY();
2021     }
2022
2023     return positionRender;
2024 }
2025
2026 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
2027 // useful where there is multi cell row or col clipping and no cell border
2028 void wxGrid::DoRenderBox( wxDC& dc, const int& style,
2029                           const wxPoint& pointOffSet,
2030                           const wxSize& sizeCells,
2031                           const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
2032                           const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight )
2033 {
2034     if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_BOX_RECT ) )
2035         return;
2036
2037     int bottom = pointOffSet.y + sizeCells.GetY(),
2038         right = pointOffSet.x + sizeCells.GetX() - 1;
2039
2040     // horiz top line if we are not drawing column header/labels
2041     if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER ) )
2042     {
2043         int left = pointOffSet.x;
2044         left += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2045                      ? - GetRowLabelSize() : 0;
2046         dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( topLeft.GetRow() ) );
2047         dc.DrawLine( left,
2048                      pointOffSet.y,
2049                      right,
2050                      pointOffSet.y );
2051     }
2052
2053     // horiz bottom line
2054     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetRow() ) );
2055     dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x, bottom - 1, right, bottom - 1 );
2056
2057     // left vertical line if we are not drawing row header/labels
2058     if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
2059     {
2060         int top = pointOffSet.y;
2061         top += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2062                      ? - GetColLabelSize() : 0;
2063         dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( topLeft.GetCol() ) );
2064         dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x -1,
2065                      top,
2066                      pointOffSet.x - 1,
2067                      bottom - 1 );
2068     }
2069
2070     // right vertical line
2071     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetCol() ) );
2072     dc.DrawLine( right, pointOffSet.y, right, bottom - 1 );
2073 }
2074
2075 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
2076 {
2077     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
2078     m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
2079     m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
2080 }
2081
2082 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
2083 {
2084     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
2085         SetFocus();
2086
2087     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
2088 }
2089
2090 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
2091 {
2092     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
2093         event.Skip();
2094 }
2095
2096 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
2097 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
2098 //
2099 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
2100 {
2101     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2102         event.Skip();
2103 }
2104
2105 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
2106 {
2107     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2108         event.Skip();
2109 }
2110
2111 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
2112 {
2113     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2114         event.Skip();
2115 }
2116
2117 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
2118 {
2119 }
2120
2121 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
2122 {
2123     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
2124     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
2125     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
2126     {
2127         Refresh();
2128     }
2129     else
2130     {
2131         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
2132         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
2133         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
2134         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
2135         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
2136         //     branch so that it's always executed.
2137
2138         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
2139         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
2140                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
2141         const wxRect cursor =
2142             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
2143         Refresh(true, &cursor);
2144     }
2145
2146     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2147         event.Skip();
2148 }
2149
2150 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
2151 #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true)
2152
2153 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2154
2155 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
2156     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
2157     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
2158     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
2159     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
2160     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
2161     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
2162 END_EVENT_TABLE()
2163
2164 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
2165                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
2166                           long style, const wxString& name)
2167 {
2168     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
2169                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
2170         return false;
2171
2172     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2173     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2174
2175     Create();
2176     SetInitialSize(size);
2177     CalcDimensions();
2178
2179     return true;
2180 }
2181
2182 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
2183 {
2184     if ( m_winCapture )
2185         m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
2186
2187     // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is,
2188     // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the
2189     // half destroyed grid
2190     HideCellEditControl();
2191
2192     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
2193     SetTargetWindow(this);
2194     ClearAttrCache();
2195     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
2196
2197 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
2198     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
2199     wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
2200                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
2201              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
2202              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
2203 #endif
2204
2205     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
2206     // with dangling view pointer
2207     if ( m_ownTable )
2208         delete m_table;
2209     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
2210         m_table->SetView(NULL);
2211
2212     delete m_typeRegistry;
2213     delete m_selection;
2214
2215     delete m_setFixedRows;
2216     delete m_setFixedCols;
2217 }
2218
2219 //
2220 // ----- internal init and update functions
2221 //
2222
2223 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
2224 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
2225 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
2226
2227 void wxGrid::Create()
2228 {
2229     // create the type registry
2230     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
2231
2232     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
2233
2234     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
2235
2236     // Set default cell attributes
2237     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
2238     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
2239     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
2240     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
2241     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
2242     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2243
2244 #if _USE_VISATTR
2245     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2246     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2247
2248     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
2249     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
2250
2251 #else
2252     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
2253         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
2254     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
2255         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
2256 #endif
2257
2258     m_numRows = 0;
2259     m_numCols = 0;
2260     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2261
2262     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
2263     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this);
2264     CreateColumnWindow();
2265     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this);
2266     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this );
2267
2268     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
2269
2270 #if _USE_VISATTR
2271     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
2272     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
2273     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
2274     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
2275 #else
2276     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2277     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
2278     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2279     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
2280 #endif
2281
2282     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2283     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2284     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2285     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2286     m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2287     m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2288
2289     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
2290     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
2291
2292     m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
2293     m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour();
2294
2295     // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default
2296     // row height
2297     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
2298 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
2299     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
2300 #else
2301     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
2302 #endif
2303
2304 }
2305
2306 void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow()
2307 {
2308     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2309     {
2310         m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this);
2311         m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y;
2312     }
2313     else // draw labels ourselves
2314     {
2315         m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this);
2316         m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2317     }
2318 }
2319
2320 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
2321                          wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2322 {
2323     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
2324                  false,
2325                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
2326
2327     return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode);
2328 }
2329
2330 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
2331 {
2332     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
2333                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2334
2335     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
2336 }
2337
2338 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
2339 {
2340     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells,
2341                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2342
2343     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
2344 }
2345
2346 bool
2347 wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table,
2348                  bool takeOwnership,
2349                  wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2350 {
2351     bool checkSelection = false;
2352     if ( m_created )
2353     {
2354         // stop all processing
2355         m_created = false;
2356
2357         if (m_table)
2358         {
2359             m_table->SetView(0);
2360             if( m_ownTable )
2361                 delete m_table;
2362             m_table = NULL;
2363         }
2364
2365         wxDELETE(m_selection);
2366
2367         m_ownTable = false;
2368         m_numRows = 0;
2369         m_numCols = 0;
2370         checkSelection = true;
2371
2372         // kill row and column size arrays
2373         m_colWidths.Empty();
2374         m_colRights.Empty();
2375         m_rowHeights.Empty();
2376         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2377     }
2378
2379     if (table)
2380     {
2381         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
2382         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
2383
2384         if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2385             GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2386
2387         m_table = table;
2388         m_table->SetView( this );
2389         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
2390         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
2391         if (checkSelection)
2392         {
2393             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
2394             // original one current cell and selection regions
2395             // might be invalid,
2396             m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2397             m_currentCellCoords =
2398               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
2399                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
2400             if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
2401                 m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
2402             {
2403                 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2404                 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2405             }
2406             else
2407                 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2408                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
2409                                          m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()),
2410                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
2411                                          m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol()));
2412         }
2413         CalcDimensions();
2414
2415         m_created = true;
2416     }
2417
2418     InvalidateBestSize();
2419
2420     return m_created;
2421 }
2422
2423 void wxGrid::Init()
2424 {
2425     m_created = false;
2426
2427     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
2428     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
2429     m_colWindow = NULL;
2430     m_gridWin = NULL;
2431
2432     m_table = NULL;
2433     m_ownTable = false;
2434
2435     m_selection = NULL;
2436     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
2437     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
2438     m_winCapture = NULL;
2439
2440     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
2441     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2442
2443     m_setFixedRows =
2444     m_setFixedCols = NULL;
2445
2446     // init attr cache
2447     m_attrCache.row = -1;
2448     m_attrCache.col = -1;
2449     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
2450
2451     m_labelFont = GetFont();
2452     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
2453
2454     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2455     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2456
2457     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2458     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2459     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
2460
2461     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
2462     m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation
2463
2464     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
2465     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
2466
2467     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
2468     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
2469     m_gridLinesClipHorz =
2470     m_gridLinesClipVert = true;
2471     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
2472     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
2473     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
2474
2475     m_canDragColMove = false;
2476
2477     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
2478     m_winCapture = NULL;
2479     m_canDragRowSize = true;
2480     m_canDragColSize = true;
2481     m_canDragGridSize = true;
2482     m_canDragCell = false;
2483     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
2484     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
2485     m_isDragging = false;
2486     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
2487
2488     m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND;
2489     m_sortIsAscending = true;
2490
2491     m_useNativeHeader =
2492     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
2493
2494     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
2495
2496     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
2497     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
2498
2499     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2500
2501     m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
2502     m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2503     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2504
2505     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
2506     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
2507
2508     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
2509
2510     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
2511     m_batchCount = 0;
2512
2513     m_extraWidth =
2514     m_extraHeight = 0;
2515
2516     // we can't call SetScrollRate() as the window isn't created yet but OTOH
2517     // we don't need to call it neither as the scroll position is (0, 0) right
2518     // now anyhow, so just set the parameters directly
2519     m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
2520     m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
2521
2522     m_tabBehaviour = Tab_Stop;
2523 }
2524
2525 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2526 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
2527 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
2528 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
2529 // arrays at all
2530 //
2531 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
2532 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
2533 // this is not done currently
2534 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2535
2536 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
2537 {
2538     m_rowHeights.Empty();
2539     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2540
2541     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
2542     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
2543
2544     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
2545
2546     int rowBottom = 0;
2547     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2548     {
2549         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
2550         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
2551     }
2552 }
2553
2554 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
2555 {
2556     m_colWidths.Empty();
2557     m_colRights.Empty();
2558
2559     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
2560     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
2561
2562     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
2563
2564     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2565     {
2566         int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2567         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
2568     }
2569 }
2570
2571 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
2572 {
2573     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2574         return m_defaultColWidth;
2575
2576     // a negative width indicates a hidden column
2577     return m_colWidths[col] > 0 ? m_colWidths[col] : 0;
2578 }
2579
2580 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
2581 {
2582     if ( m_colRights.IsEmpty() )
2583         return GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2584
2585     return m_colRights[col] - GetColWidth(col);
2586 }
2587
2588 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
2589 {
2590     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
2591                                  : m_colRights[col];
2592 }
2593
2594 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
2595 {
2596     // no custom heights / hidden rows
2597     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2598         return m_defaultRowHeight;
2599
2600     // a negative height indicates a hidden row
2601     return m_rowHeights[row] > 0 ? m_rowHeights[row] : 0;
2602 }
2603
2604 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
2605 {
2606     if ( m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() )
2607         return row * m_defaultRowHeight;
2608
2609     return m_rowBottoms[row] - GetRowHeight(row);
2610 }
2611
2612 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
2613 {
2614     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
2615                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
2616 }
2617
2618 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
2619 {
2620     // compute the size of the scrollable area
2621     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
2622     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
2623
2624     w += m_extraWidth;
2625     h += m_extraHeight;
2626
2627     // take into account editor if shown
2628     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
2629     {
2630         int w2, h2;
2631         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
2632         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
2633         int x = GetColLeft(c);
2634         int y = GetRowTop(r);
2635
2636         // how big is the editor
2637         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
2638         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
2639         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
2640         w2 += x;
2641         h2 += y;
2642         if ( w2 > w )
2643             w = w2;
2644         if ( h2 > h )
2645             h = h2;
2646         editor->DecRef();
2647         attr->DecRef();
2648     }
2649
2650     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
2651     int x, y;
2652     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
2653
2654     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
2655     if ( x >= w )
2656         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
2657     if ( y >= h )
2658         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
2659
2660     // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
2661     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
2662     Scroll(x, y);
2663     AdjustScrollbars();
2664
2665     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
2666     // still must reposition the children
2667     CalcWindowSizes();
2668 }
2669
2670 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
2671 {
2672     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
2673     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
2674     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
2675
2676     return sizeGridWin;
2677 }
2678
2679 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
2680 {
2681     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
2682
2683     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
2684         return;
2685
2686     int cw, ch;
2687     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2688
2689     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
2690     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
2691     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
2692     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
2693     if (gw < 0)
2694         gw = 0;
2695     if (gh < 0)
2696         gh = 0;
2697
2698     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
2699         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
2700
2701     if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() )
2702         m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
2703
2704     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
2705         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
2706
2707     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
2708         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
2709 }
2710
2711 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
2712 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
2713 //
2714 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
2715 {
2716     int i;
2717     bool result = false;
2718
2719     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
2720     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
2721     ClearAttrCache();
2722
2723     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
2724     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
2725     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
2726     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
2727     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
2728     HideCellEditControl();
2729
2730     switch ( msg.GetId() )
2731     {
2732         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
2733         {
2734             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2735             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2736
2737             m_numRows += numRows;
2738
2739             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2740             {
2741                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
2742                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
2743
2744                 int bottom = 0;
2745                 if ( pos > 0 )
2746                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
2747
2748                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2749                 {
2750                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2751                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2752                 }
2753             }
2754
2755             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2756             {
2757                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2758                 // cell will be undefined...
2759                 //
2760                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2761             }
2762
2763             if ( m_selection )
2764                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
2765             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2766             if (attrProvider)
2767                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2768
2769             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2770             {
2771                 CalcDimensions();
2772                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2773             }
2774         }
2775         result = true;
2776         break;
2777
2778         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
2779         {
2780             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
2781             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
2782             m_numRows += numRows;
2783
2784             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2785             {
2786                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
2787                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
2788
2789                 int bottom = 0;
2790                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
2791                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
2792
2793                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2794                 {
2795                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2796                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2797                 }
2798             }
2799
2800             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2801             {
2802                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2803                 // cell will be undefined...
2804                 //
2805                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2806             }
2807
2808             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2809             {
2810                 CalcDimensions();
2811                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2812             }
2813         }
2814         result = true;
2815         break;
2816
2817         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
2818         {
2819             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2820             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2821             m_numRows -= numRows;
2822
2823             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2824             {
2825                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2826                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2827
2828                 int h = 0;
2829                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2830                 {
2831                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
2832                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
2833                 }
2834             }
2835
2836             if ( !m_numRows )
2837             {
2838                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2839             }
2840             else
2841             {
2842                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
2843                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
2844             }
2845
2846             if ( m_selection )
2847                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2848             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2849             if (attrProvider)
2850             {
2851                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2852
2853 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
2854 #if 0
2855                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
2856                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
2857                 // all column attributes.
2858                 // I hate to do this here, but the
2859                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
2860                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
2861                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
2862 #endif
2863             }
2864
2865             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2866             {
2867                 CalcDimensions();
2868                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2869             }
2870         }
2871         result = true;
2872         break;
2873
2874         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
2875         {
2876             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2877             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2878             m_numCols += numCols;
2879
2880             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2881                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2882
2883             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2884             {
2885                 //Shift the column IDs
2886                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
2887                 {
2888                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
2889                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
2890                 }
2891
2892                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
2893
2894                 //Set the new columns' positions
2895                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
2896                 {
2897                     m_colAt[i] = i;
2898                 }
2899             }
2900
2901             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2902             {
2903                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
2904                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
2905
2906                 int right = 0;
2907                 if ( pos > 0 )
2908                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
2909
2910                 int colPos;
2911                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2912                 {
2913                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
2914
2915                     right += m_colWidths[i];
2916                     m_colRights[i] = right;
2917                 }
2918             }
2919
2920             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2921             {
2922                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2923                 // cell will be undefined...
2924                 //
2925                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2926             }
2927
2928             if ( m_selection )
2929                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
2930             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2931             if (attrProvider)
2932                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2933             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2934             {
2935                 CalcDimensions();
2936                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2937             }
2938         }
2939         result = true;
2940         break;
2941
2942         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
2943         {
2944             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
2945             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
2946             m_numCols += numCols;
2947             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2948                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2949
2950             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2951             {
2952                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
2953
2954                 //Set the new columns' positions
2955                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2956                 {
2957                     m_colAt[i] = i;
2958                 }
2959             }
2960
2961             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2962             {
2963                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
2964                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
2965
2966                 int right = 0;
2967                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
2968                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
2969
2970                 int colPos;
2971                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2972                 {
2973                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
2974
2975                     right += m_colWidths[i];
2976                     m_colRights[i] = right;
2977                 }
2978             }
2979
2980             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2981             {
2982                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2983                 // cell will be undefined...
2984                 //
2985                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2986             }
2987             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2988             {
2989                 CalcDimensions();
2990                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2991             }
2992         }
2993         result = true;
2994         break;
2995
2996         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
2997         {
2998             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2999             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
3000             m_numCols -= numCols;
3001             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3002                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
3003
3004             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
3005             {
3006                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
3007
3008                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3009
3010                 //Shift the column IDs
3011                 int colPos;
3012                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3013                 {
3014                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
3015                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
3016                 }
3017             }
3018
3019             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
3020             {
3021                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3022                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3023
3024                 int w = 0;
3025                 int colPos;
3026                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3027                 {
3028                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
3029
3030                     w += m_colWidths[i];
3031                     m_colRights[i] = w;
3032                 }
3033             }
3034
3035             if ( !m_numCols )
3036             {
3037                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3038             }
3039             else
3040             {
3041                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
3042                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
3043             }
3044
3045             if ( m_selection )
3046                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3047             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
3048             if (attrProvider)
3049             {
3050                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3051
3052 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
3053 #if 0
3054                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
3055                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
3056                 // all row attributes.
3057                 // I hate to do this here, but the
3058                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
3059                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
3060                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
3061 #endif
3062             }
3063
3064             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
3065             {
3066                 CalcDimensions();
3067                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3068             }
3069         }
3070         result = true;
3071         break;
3072     }
3073
3074     InvalidateBestSize();
3075
3076     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
3077         m_gridWin->Refresh();
3078
3079     return result;
3080 }
3081
3082 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3083 {
3084     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3085     wxRect r;
3086
3087     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
3088
3089     int top, bottom;
3090     while ( iter )
3091     {
3092         r = iter.GetRect();
3093
3094         // TODO: remove this when we can...
3095         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3096         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3097         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
3098         //
3099 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3100         int cw, ch;
3101         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3102         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
3103             r.SetTop( 0 );
3104         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3105 #endif
3106
3107         // logical bounds of update region
3108         //
3109         int dummy;
3110         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
3111         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
3112
3113         // find the row labels within these bounds
3114         //
3115         int row;
3116         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3117         {
3118             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
3119                 continue;
3120
3121             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3122                 break;
3123
3124             rowlabels.Add( row );
3125         }
3126
3127         ++iter;
3128     }
3129
3130     return rowlabels;
3131 }
3132
3133 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3134 {
3135     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3136     wxRect r;
3137
3138     wxArrayInt colLabels;
3139
3140     int left, right;
3141     while ( iter )
3142     {
3143         r = iter.GetRect();
3144
3145         // TODO: remove this when we can...
3146         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3147         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3148         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
3149         //
3150 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3151         int cw, ch;
3152         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3153         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
3154             r.SetLeft( 0 );
3155         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3156 #endif
3157
3158         // logical bounds of update region
3159         //
3160         int dummy;
3161         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
3162         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
3163
3164         // find the cells within these bounds
3165         //
3166         int col;
3167         int colPos;
3168         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3169         {
3170             col = GetColAt( colPos );
3171
3172             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
3173                 continue;
3174
3175             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
3176                 break;
3177
3178             colLabels.Add( col );
3179         }
3180
3181         ++iter;
3182     }
3183
3184     return colLabels;
3185 }
3186
3187 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3188 {
3189     wxRect r;
3190
3191     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
3192
3193     int left, top, right, bottom;
3194     for ( wxRegionIterator iter(reg); iter; ++iter )
3195     {
3196         r = iter.GetRect();
3197
3198         // Skip 0-height cells, they're invisible anyhow, don't waste time
3199         // getting their rectangles and so on.
3200         if ( !r.GetHeight() )
3201             continue;
3202
3203         // TODO: remove this when we can...
3204         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3205         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3206         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
3207         //
3208 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3209         int cw, ch;
3210         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3211         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
3212         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
3213         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3214         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3215 #endif
3216
3217         // logical bounds of update region
3218         //
3219         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
3220         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
3221
3222         // find the cells within these bounds
3223         wxArrayInt cols;
3224         for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3225         {
3226             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
3227                 continue;
3228
3229             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3230                 break;
3231
3232             // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which
3233             // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once
3234             // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones
3235             if ( cols.empty() )
3236             {
3237                 // do determine the dirty columns
3238                 for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ )
3239                     cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos));
3240
3241                 // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do
3242                 if ( cols.empty() )
3243                     break;
3244             }
3245
3246             const size_t count = cols.size();
3247             for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3248                 cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n]));
3249         }
3250     }
3251
3252     return cellsExposed;
3253 }
3254
3255
3256 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3257 {
3258     int x, y, row;
3259     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
3260     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
3261
3262     if ( event.Dragging() )
3263     {
3264         if (!m_isDragging)
3265         {
3266             m_isDragging = true;
3267             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
3268         }
3269
3270         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3271         {
3272             switch ( m_cursorMode )
3273             {
3274                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3275                 {
3276                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
3277                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3278                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
3279
3280                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3281                     PrepareDC( dc );
3282                     y = wxMax( y,
3283                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
3284                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
3285                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3286                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3287                     {
3288                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
3289                     }
3290                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
3291                     m_dragLastPos = y;
3292                 }
3293                 break;
3294
3295                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3296                 {
3297                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
3298                     {
3299                         if ( m_selection )
3300                             m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3301                     }
3302                 }
3303                 break;
3304
3305                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3306                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3307                 default:
3308                     break;
3309             }
3310         }
3311         return;
3312     }
3313
3314     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3315         return;
3316
3317     if (m_isDragging)
3318     {
3319         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
3320             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
3321         m_isDragging = false;
3322     }
3323
3324     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3325     //
3326     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3327     {
3328         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3329     }
3330
3331     // ------------ Left button pressed
3332     //
3333     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3334     {
3335         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3336         if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3337         {
3338             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3339         }
3340         else // not a request to start resizing
3341         {
3342             row = YToRow(y);
3343             if ( row >= 0 &&
3344                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3345             {
3346                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3347                     ClearSelection();
3348                 if ( m_selection )
3349                 {
3350                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3351                     {
3352                         m_selection->SelectBlock
3353                                      (
3354                                         m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0,
3355                                         row, GetNumberCols() - 1,
3356                                         event
3357                                      );
3358                     }
3359                     else
3360                     {
3361                         m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3362                     }
3363                 }
3364
3365                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3366             }
3367         }
3368     }
3369
3370     // ------------ Left double click
3371     //
3372     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
3373     {
3374         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3375         if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3376         {
3377             // adjust row height depending on label text
3378             //
3379             // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3380             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
3381
3382             SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event);
3383
3384             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3385             m_dragLastPos = -1;
3386         }
3387         else // not on row separator or it's not resizable
3388         {
3389             row = YToRow(y);
3390             if ( row >=0 &&
3391                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3392             {
3393                 // no default action at the moment
3394             }
3395         }
3396     }
3397
3398     // ------------ Left button released
3399     //
3400     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3401     {
3402         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
3403             DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
3404
3405         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3406         m_dragLastPos = -1;
3407     }
3408
3409     // ------------ Right button down
3410     //
3411     else if ( event.RightDown() )
3412     {
3413         row = YToRow(y);
3414         if ( row >=0 &&
3415              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3416         {
3417             // no default action at the moment
3418         }
3419     }
3420
3421     // ------------ Right double click
3422     //
3423     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3424     {
3425         row = YToRow(y);
3426         if ( row >= 0 &&
3427              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3428         {
3429             // no default action at the moment
3430         }
3431     }
3432
3433     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3434     //
3435     else if ( event.Moving() )
3436     {
3437         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
3438         if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3439         {
3440             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3441             {
3442                 if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3443                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3444             }
3445         }
3446         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3447         {
3448             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3449         }
3450     }
3451 }
3452
3453 void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col)
3454 {
3455     wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" );
3456
3457     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3458         GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
3459     else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
3460         m_colWindow->Refresh();
3461     //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version
3462 }
3463
3464 void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending)
3465 {
3466     if ( col == m_sortCol )
3467     {
3468         // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all)
3469         // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it
3470         if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending )
3471         {
3472             m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3473
3474             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3475         }
3476     }
3477     else // we're changing the column used for sorting
3478     {
3479         const int sortColOld = m_sortCol;
3480
3481         // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn()
3482         // to return the correct new value
3483         m_sortCol = col;
3484
3485         if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND )
3486             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld);
3487
3488         if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3489         {
3490             m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3491             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3492         }
3493     }
3494 }
3495
3496 void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col)
3497 {
3498     // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and
3499     // not vetoed
3500     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 )
3501     {
3502         SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true);
3503         Refresh();
3504     }
3505 }
3506
3507 void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col)
3508 {
3509     m_dragRowOrCol = col;
3510     m_dragLastPos = -1;
3511     DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3512 }
3513
3514 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x)
3515 {
3516     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
3517     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3518     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
3519
3520     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3521     PrepareDC( dc );
3522
3523     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3524     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3525     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3526     {
3527         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
3528     }
3529     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
3530     m_dragLastPos = x;
3531 }
3532
3533 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w)
3534 {
3535     DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w);
3536 }
3537
3538 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3539 {
3540     int x;
3541     CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.GetPosition().x, 0, &x, NULL );
3542
3543     int col = XToCol(x);
3544     if ( event.Dragging() )
3545     {
3546         if (!m_isDragging)
3547         {
3548             m_isDragging = true;
3549             GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse();
3550
3551             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 )
3552                 DoStartMoveCol(col);
3553         }
3554
3555         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3556         {
3557             switch ( m_cursorMode )
3558             {
3559                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3560                 DoUpdateResizeCol(x);
3561                 break;
3562
3563                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3564                 {
3565                     if ( col != -1 )
3566                     {
3567                         if ( m_selection )
3568                             m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3569                     }
3570                 }
3571                 break;
3572
3573                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3574                 {
3575                     int posNew = XToPos(x);
3576                     int colNew = GetColAt(posNew);
3577
3578                     // determine the position of the drop marker
3579                     int markerX;
3580                     if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) )
3581                         markerX = GetColRight(colNew);
3582                     else
3583                         markerX = GetColLeft(colNew);
3584
3585                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
3586                     {
3587                         wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3588                         DoPrepareDC(dc);
3589
3590                         int cw, ch;
3591                         GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3592
3593                         markerX++;
3594
3595                         //Clean up the last indicator
3596                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3597                         {
3598                             wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
3599                             dc.SetPen(pen);
3600                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
3601                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3602
3603                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
3604                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
3605                         }
3606
3607                         const wxColour *color;
3608                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
3609                         if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol )
3610                             color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
3611                         else
3612                             color = wxBLUE;
3613
3614                         //Draw the marker
3615                         wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
3616                         dc.SetPen(pen);
3617
3618                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
3619
3620                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3621
3622                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
3623                     }
3624                 }
3625                 break;
3626
3627                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3628                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3629                 default:
3630                     break;
3631             }
3632         }
3633         return;
3634     }
3635
3636     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3637         return;
3638
3639     if (m_isDragging)
3640     {
3641         if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture())
3642             GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse();
3643         m_isDragging = false;
3644     }
3645
3646     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3647     //
3648     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3649     {
3650         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3651     }
3652
3653     // ------------ Left button pressed
3654     //
3655     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3656     {
3657         int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3658         if ( colEdge != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(colEdge) )
3659         {
3660             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3661         }
3662         else // not a request to start resizing
3663         {
3664             if ( col >= 0 &&
3665                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3666             {
3667                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
3668                 {
3669                     //Show button as pressed
3670                     wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3671                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
3672                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
3673                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
3674                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
3675                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
3676
3677                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3678                 }
3679                 else
3680                 {
3681                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3682                         ClearSelection();
3683                     if ( m_selection )
3684                     {
3685                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3686                         {
3687                             m_selection->SelectBlock
3688                                          (
3689                                             0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
3690                                             GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
3691                                             event
3692                                          );
3693                         }
3694                         else
3695                         {
3696                             m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3697                         }
3698                     }
3699
3700                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3701                 }
3702             }
3703         }
3704     }
3705
3706     // ------------ Left double click
3707     //
3708     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3709     {
3710         const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3711         if ( colEdge == -1 )
3712         {
3713             if ( col >= 0 &&
3714                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3715             {
3716                 // no default action at the moment
3717             }
3718         }
3719         else
3720         {
3721             // adjust column width depending on label text
3722             //
3723             // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3724             if ( !SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event) )
3725                 AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge );
3726
3727             SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event);
3728
3729             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3730             m_dragLastPos = -1;
3731         }
3732     }
3733
3734     // ------------ Left button released
3735     //
3736     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3737     {
3738         switch ( m_cursorMode )
3739         {
3740             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3741                 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
3742                 break;
3743
3744             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3745                 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol )
3746                 {
3747                     // the column didn't actually move anywhere
3748                     if ( col != -1 )
3749                         DoColHeaderClick(col);
3750                     m_colWindow->Refresh();   // "unpress" the column
3751                 }
3752                 else
3753                 {
3754                     // get the position of the column we're over
3755                     int pos = XToPos(x);
3756
3757                     // we may need to adjust the drop position but don't bother
3758                     // checking for it if we can't anyhow
3759                     if ( pos > 1 )
3760                     {
3761                         // also find the index of the column we're over: notice
3762                         // that the existing "col" variable may be invalid but
3763                         // we need a valid one here
3764                         const int colValid = GetColAt(pos);
3765
3766                         // if we're on the "near" (usually left but right in
3767                         // RTL case) part of the column, the actual position we
3768                         // should be placed in is actually the one before it
3769                         bool onNearPart;
3770                         const int middle = GetColLeft(colValid) +
3771                                                 GetColWidth(colValid)/2;
3772                         if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_LeftToRight )
3773                             onNearPart = (x <= middle);
3774                         else // wxLayout_RightToLeft
3775                             onNearPart = (x > middle);
3776
3777                         if ( onNearPart )
3778                             pos--;
3779                     }
3780
3781                     DoEndMoveCol(pos);
3782                 }
3783                 break;
3784
3785             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3786             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
3787             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3788             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3789                 if ( col != -1 )
3790                     DoColHeaderClick(col);
3791                 break;
3792         }
3793
3794         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3795         m_dragLastPos = -1;
3796     }
3797
3798     // ------------ Right button down
3799     //
3800     else if ( event.RightDown() )
3801     {
3802         if ( col >= 0 &&
3803              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3804         {
3805             // no default action at the moment
3806         }
3807     }
3808
3809     // ------------ Right double click
3810     //
3811     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3812     {
3813         if ( col >= 0 &&
3814              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3815         {
3816             // no default action at the moment
3817         }
3818     }
3819
3820     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3821     //
3822     else if ( event.Moving() )
3823     {
3824         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
3825         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
3826         {
3827             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3828             {
3829                 if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3830                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3831             }
3832         }
3833         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3834         {
3835             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3836         }
3837     }
3838 }
3839
3840 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3841 {
3842     if ( event.LeftDown() )
3843     {
3844         // indicate corner label by having both row and
3845         // col args == -1
3846         //
3847         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3848         {
3849             SelectAll();
3850         }
3851     }
3852     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3853     {
3854         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
3855     }
3856     else if ( event.RightDown() )
3857     {
3858         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3859         {
3860             // no default action at the moment
3861         }
3862     }
3863     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3864     {
3865         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3866         {
3867             // no default action at the moment
3868         }
3869     }
3870 }
3871
3872 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
3873 {
3874     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
3875     if ( m_winCapture )
3876     {
3877         m_isDragging = false;
3878         m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
3879
3880         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
3881         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3882         m_winCapture = NULL;
3883
3884         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
3885         Refresh();
3886     }
3887 }
3888
3889 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
3890                               wxWindow *win,
3891                               bool captureMouse)
3892 {
3893 #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3894     static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] =
3895     {
3896         wxT("SELECT_CELL"),
3897         wxT("RESIZE_ROW"),
3898         wxT("RESIZE_COL"),
3899         wxT("SELECT_ROW"),
3900         wxT("SELECT_COL"),
3901         wxT("MOVE_COL"),
3902     };
3903
3904     wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"),
3905                wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
3906                win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin")
3907                                   : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin")
3908                                         : wxT("gridWin"),
3909                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
3910 #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3911
3912     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
3913          win == m_winCapture &&
3914          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
3915         return;
3916
3917     if ( !win )
3918     {
3919         // by default use the grid itself
3920         win = m_gridWin;
3921     }
3922
3923     if ( m_winCapture )
3924     {
3925         m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
3926         m_winCapture = NULL;
3927     }
3928
3929     m_cursorMode = mode;
3930
3931     switch ( m_cursorMode )
3932     {
3933         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3934             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
3935             break;
3936
3937         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3938             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
3939             break;
3940
3941         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3942             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
3943             break;
3944
3945         default:
3946             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3947             break;
3948     }
3949
3950     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
3951     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
3952                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
3953
3954     if ( captureMouse && resize )
3955     {
3956         win->CaptureMouse();
3957         m_winCapture = win;
3958     }
3959 }
3960
3961 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3962 // grid mouse event processing
3963 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3964
3965 bool
3966 wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
3967                        const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3968                        bool isFirstDrag)
3969 {
3970     bool performDefault = true ;
3971
3972     if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
3973         return performDefault; // we're outside any valid cell
3974
3975     // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
3976     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
3977     {
3978         HideCellEditControl();
3979         SaveEditControlValue();
3980     }
3981
3982     switch ( event.GetModifiers() )
3983     {
3984         case wxMOD_CONTROL:
3985             if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3986                 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3987             UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords);
3988             break;
3989
3990         case wxMOD_NONE:
3991             if ( CanDragCell() )
3992             {
3993                 if ( isFirstDrag )
3994                 {
3995                     if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3996                         m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3997
3998                     // if event is handled by user code, no further processing
3999                     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event) != 0 )
4000                         performDefault = false;
4001
4002                     return performDefault;
4003                 }
4004             }
4005
4006             UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
4007             break;
4008
4009         default:
4010             // we don't handle the other key modifiers
4011             event.Skip();
4012     }
4013
4014     return performDefault;
4015 }
4016
4017 void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper)
4018 {
4019     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4020     PrepareDC(dc);
4021     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4022
4023     const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)),
4024                          m_gridWin->GetClientSize());
4025
4026     // erase the previously drawn line, if any
4027     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4028         oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4029
4030     // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here
4031     m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()));
4032
4033     // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size
4034     const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) +
4035                         oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4036     if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin )
4037         m_dragLastPos = posMin;
4038
4039     // and draw it at the new position
4040     oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4041 }
4042
4043 void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4044 {
4045     if ( !m_isDragging )
4046     {
4047         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far
4048         // enough
4049         const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition();
4050         if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition )
4051         {
4052             m_startDragPos = pt;
4053             return;
4054         }
4055
4056         if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY &&
4057                 abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY )
4058             return;
4059     }
4060
4061     const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
4062     m_isDragging = true;
4063
4064     switch ( m_cursorMode )
4065     {
4066         case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
4067             // no further handling if handled by user
4068             if ( DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag) == false )
4069                 return;
4070             break;
4071
4072         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4073             DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations());
4074             break;
4075
4076         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
4077             DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations());
4078             break;
4079
4080         default:
4081             event.Skip();
4082     }
4083
4084     if ( isFirstDrag )
4085     {
4086         wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" );
4087
4088         m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
4089         m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
4090     }
4091 }
4092
4093 void
4094 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
4095                            const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4096                            const wxPoint& pos)
4097 {
4098     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) )
4099     {
4100         // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here
4101         return;
4102     }
4103
4104     if ( !event.CmdDown() )
4105         ClearSelection();
4106
4107     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4108     {
4109         if ( m_selection )
4110         {
4111             m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event);
4112             m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4113         }
4114     }
4115     else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4116     {
4117         DisableCellEditControl();
4118         MakeCellVisible( coords );
4119
4120         if ( event.CmdDown() )
4121         {
4122             if ( m_selection )
4123             {
4124                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event);
4125             }
4126
4127             m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4128             m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4129             m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4130         }
4131         else
4132         {
4133             if ( m_selection )
4134             {
4135                 // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell
4136                 // should select the row or column containing it: this is more
4137                 // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection
4138                 // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062).
4139                 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
4140                 {
4141                     case wxGridSelectCells:
4142                     case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
4143                         // nothing to do in these cases
4144                         break;
4145
4146                     case wxGridSelectRows:
4147                         m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow());
4148                         break;
4149
4150                     case wxGridSelectColumns:
4151                         m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol());
4152                         break;
4153                 }
4154             }
4155
4156             m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
4157                                         coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
4158             SetCurrentCell( coords );
4159         }
4160     }
4161 }
4162
4163 void
4164 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
4165                              const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4166                              const wxPoint& pos)
4167 {
4168     if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4169     {
4170         if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) )
4171         {
4172             // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
4173             // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
4174             m_waitForSlowClick = true;
4175         }
4176     }
4177 }
4178
4179 void
4180 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4181 {
4182     if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4183     {
4184         if (m_winCapture)
4185         {
4186             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
4187             m_winCapture = NULL;
4188         }
4189
4190         if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
4191         {
4192             ClearSelection();
4193             EnableCellEditControl();
4194
4195             wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
4196             wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
4197             editor->StartingClick();
4198             editor->DecRef();
4199             attr->DecRef();
4200
4201             m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4202         }
4203         else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
4204              m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4205         {
4206             if ( m_selection )
4207             {
4208                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4209                                           m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4210                                           event );
4211             }
4212
4213             m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4214             m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4215
4216             // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
4217             // drag-shrinking.
4218             ShowCellEditControl();
4219         }
4220     }
4221     else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
4222     {
4223         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4224         DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
4225     }
4226     else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
4227     {
4228         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4229         DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
4230     }
4231
4232     m_dragLastPos = -1;
4233 }
4234
4235 void
4236 wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event),
4237                              const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4238                              const wxPoint& pos)
4239 {
4240     if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
4241     {
4242         // out of grid cell area
4243         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4244         return;
4245     }
4246
4247     int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y );
4248     int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x );
4249
4250     // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
4251     // directions is not implemented yet...
4252     //
4253     if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
4254     {
4255         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4256         return;
4257     }
4258
4259     if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) )
4260     {
4261         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4262         {
4263             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
4264             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
4265         }
4266     }
4267     // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by
4268     // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the
4269     // column resizing mode programmatically
4270     else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader &&
4271                 CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) )
4272     {
4273         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4274         {
4275             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
4276             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
4277         }
4278     }
4279     else // Neither on a row or col edge
4280     {
4281         if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4282         {
4283             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4284         }
4285     }
4286 }
4287
4288 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
4289 {
4290     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4291     {
4292         // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging
4293         // if they happen so return before anything else is done
4294         event.Skip();
4295         return;
4296     }
4297
4298     const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
4299
4300     // coordinates of the cell under mouse
4301     wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos);
4302
4303     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
4304     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
4305     if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) )
4306     {
4307         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
4308         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
4309     }
4310
4311     if ( event.Dragging() )
4312     {
4313         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4314             DoGridDragEvent(event, coords);
4315         else
4316             event.Skip();
4317         return;
4318     }
4319
4320     m_isDragging = false;
4321     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4322
4323     // deal with various button presses
4324     if ( event.IsButton() )
4325     {
4326         if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4327         {
4328             DisableCellEditControl();
4329
4330             if ( event.LeftDown() )
4331                 DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos);
4332             else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
4333                 DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos);
4334             else if ( event.RightDown() )
4335                 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event);
4336             else if ( event.RightDClick() )
4337                 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event);
4338         }
4339
4340         // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell
4341         if ( event.LeftUp() )
4342         {
4343             DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords);
4344         }
4345     }
4346     else if ( event.Moving() )
4347     {
4348         DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos);
4349     }
4350     else // unknown mouse event?
4351     {
4352         event.Skip();
4353     }
4354 }
4355
4356 // this function returns true only if the size really changed
4357 bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper)
4358 {
4359     if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 )
4360         return false;
4361
4362     const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual();
4363
4364     const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize();
4365
4366     const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4367
4368     // erase the last line we drew
4369     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4370     PrepareDC(dc);
4371     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4372
4373     const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin);
4374     const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size);
4375
4376     oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos);
4377
4378     // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing
4379     HideCellEditControl();
4380     SaveEditControlValue();
4381
4382     // do resize the line
4383     const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4384     const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4385     oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol,
4386                      wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart,
4387                            oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol)));
4388     const bool
4389         sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld;
4390
4391     m_dragLastPos = -1;
4392
4393     // refresh now if we're not frozen
4394     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4395     {
4396         // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header
4397         // window
4398
4399         // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction
4400         wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0)));
4401         rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition()));
4402
4403         // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here,
4404         // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction
4405         oper.Select(rect) = 0;
4406
4407         wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(),
4408                           oper.MakeSize
4409                                (
4410                                     oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this),
4411                                     doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect)
4412                                ));
4413
4414         oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader);
4415
4416
4417         // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle
4418         if ( m_table )
4419         {
4420             oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size);
4421
4422             int subtractLines = 0;
4423             int line = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart);
4424             if ( line >= 0 )
4425             {
4426                 // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of
4427                 // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a
4428                 // part of it is affected
4429                 const int lineEnd = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true);
4430                 for ( ; line < lineEnd; line++ )
4431                 {
4432                     int cellLines = oper.Select(
4433                         GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line)));
4434                     if ( cellLines < subtractLines )
4435                         subtractLines = cellLines;
4436                 }
4437             }
4438
4439             int startPos =
4440                 oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines);
4441             startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos);
4442
4443             doper.Select(rect) = startPos;
4444             doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos;
4445
4446             m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect);
4447         }
4448     }
4449
4450     // show the edit control back again
4451     ShowCellEditControl();
4452
4453     return sizeChanged;
4454 }
4455
4456 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4457 {
4458     // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4459
4460     if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) )
4461         SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event);
4462 }
4463
4464 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4465 {
4466     // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4467
4468     if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) )
4469         SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event);
4470 }
4471
4472 void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col)
4473 {
4474     m_dragRowOrCol = col;
4475 }
4476
4477 void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos)
4478 {
4479     wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" );
4480
4481     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 )
4482         SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos);
4483     //else: vetoed by user
4484
4485     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4486 }
4487
4488 void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange()
4489 {
4490     // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed,
4491     // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the
4492     // same and it's easy to do
4493     if ( !m_colWidths.empty() )
4494     {
4495         int colRight = 0;
4496         for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4497         {
4498             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
4499
4500             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
4501             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
4502         }
4503     }
4504
4505     // and make the changes visible
4506     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4507     {
4508         if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4509             GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder();
4510         else
4511             GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt);
4512     }
4513     else
4514     {
4515         m_colWindow->Refresh();
4516     }
4517     m_gridWin->Refresh();
4518 }
4519
4520 void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order)
4521 {
4522     m_colAt = order;
4523
4524     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4525 }
4526
4527 void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos)
4528 {
4529     // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed
4530     if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4531     {
4532         m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols);
4533         for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4534             m_colAt.push_back(i);
4535     }
4536
4537     wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos);
4538
4539     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4540 }
4541
4542 void wxGrid::ResetColPos()
4543 {
4544     m_colAt.clear();
4545
4546     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4547 }
4548
4549 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
4550 {
4551     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
4552         return;
4553
4554     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4555     {
4556         // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable
4557         GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
4558     }
4559
4560     m_canDragColMove = enable;
4561
4562     // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem
4563     // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current
4564     // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired
4565     // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed
4566 }
4567
4568
4569 //
4570 // ------ interaction with data model
4571 //
4572 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4573 {
4574     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4575     {
4576         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
4577             return GetModelValues();
4578
4579         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
4580             return SetModelValues();
4581
4582         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4583         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4584         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4585         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4586         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4587         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4588             return Redimension( msg );
4589
4590         default:
4591             return false;
4592     }
4593 }
4594
4595 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
4596 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
4597 // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
4598 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
4599 //
4600 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
4601 {
4602     if ( m_table )
4603     {
4604         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
4605             DisableCellEditControl();
4606
4607         m_table->Clear();
4608         if (!GetBatchCount())
4609             m_gridWin->Refresh();
4610     }
4611 }
4612
4613 bool
4614 wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
4615                       int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
4616 {
4617     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4618
4619     if ( !m_table )
4620         return false;
4621
4622     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
4623         DisableCellEditControl();
4624
4625     return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num);
4626
4627     // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
4628     // operation to this view object as a grid table message
4629 }
4630
4631 bool
4632 wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
4633                       int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels))
4634 {
4635     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4636
4637     if ( !m_table )
4638         return false;
4639
4640     return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num);
4641 }
4642
4643 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4644 // event generation helpers
4645 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4646
4647 bool
4648 wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type,
4649                       int row, int col,
4650                       const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4651 {
4652    int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row;
4653
4654    wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4655            type,
4656            this,
4657            rowOrCol,
4658            mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4659            mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4660            mouseEv);
4661
4662    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4663 }
4664
4665 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return:
4666 //  -1 if the event was vetoed
4667 //  +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed)
4668 //   0 if the event wasn't handled
4669 int
4670 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type,
4671                   int row, int col,
4672                   const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4673 {
4674    bool claimed, vetoed;
4675
4676    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
4677    {
4678        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
4679        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4680                type,
4681                this,
4682                m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4683                m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4684                true,
4685                mouseEv);
4686
4687        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4688        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4689    }
4690    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
4691              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
4692              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
4693              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4694    {
4695        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
4696
4697        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
4698            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
4699        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
4700            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
4701
4702        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4703                type,
4704                this,
4705                row, col,
4706                pos.x,
4707                pos.y,
4708                false,
4709                mouseEv);
4710        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4711        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4712    }
4713    else
4714    {
4715        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4716                type,
4717                this,
4718                row, col,
4719                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4720                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4721                false,
4722                mouseEv);
4723
4724        if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG )
4725        {
4726            // by default the dragging is not supported, the user code must
4727            // explicitly allow the event for it to take place
4728            gridEvt.Veto();
4729        }
4730
4731        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4732        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4733    }
4734
4735    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4736    if (vetoed)
4737        return -1;
4738
4739    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4740 }
4741
4742 // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above
4743 //
4744 int
4745 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s)
4746 {
4747     wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
4748     gridEvt.SetString(s);
4749
4750     const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4751
4752     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4753     if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() )
4754         return -1;
4755
4756     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4757 }
4758
4759 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4760 {
4761     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
4762     wxPaintDC dc(this);
4763 }
4764
4765 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
4766 {
4767     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
4768     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
4769     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
4770     {
4771         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
4772         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
4773
4774         if (rect)
4775         {
4776             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
4777             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
4778             int x, y;
4779
4780             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
4781             rect_x = rect->GetX();
4782             rect_y = rect->GetY();
4783             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
4784             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
4785
4786             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
4787             if (width_label > rectWidth)
4788                 width_label = rectWidth;
4789
4790             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
4791             if (height_label > rectHeight)
4792                 height_label = rectHeight;
4793
4794             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
4795             {
4796                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
4797                 width_cell = rectWidth;
4798             }
4799             else
4800             {
4801                 x = 0;
4802                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
4803             }
4804
4805             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
4806             {
4807                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
4808                 height_cell = rectHeight;
4809             }
4810             else
4811             {
4812                 y = 0;
4813                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
4814             }
4815
4816             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
4817             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4818             {
4819                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
4820                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4821             }
4822
4823             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
4824             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4825             {
4826                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
4827                 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4828             }
4829
4830             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
4831             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4832             {
4833                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
4834                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4835             }
4836
4837             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
4838             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4839             {
4840                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
4841                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4842             }
4843         }
4844         else
4845         {
4846             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4847             m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4848             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4849             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4850         }
4851     }
4852 }
4853
4854 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
4855 {
4856     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
4857     {
4858         // reposition our children windows
4859         CalcWindowSizes();
4860     }
4861 }
4862
4863 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4864 {
4865     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
4866     {
4867         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
4868         //
4869         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
4870     }
4871
4872     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
4873
4874     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
4875     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
4876     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
4877     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
4878
4879     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
4880     {
4881         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
4882         {
4883             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
4884                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
4885             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
4886                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
4887         }
4888
4889         // try local handlers
4890         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
4891         {
4892             case WXK_UP:
4893                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4894                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4895                 else
4896                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
4897                 break;
4898
4899             case WXK_DOWN:
4900                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4901                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4902                 else
4903                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4904                 break;
4905
4906             case WXK_LEFT:
4907                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4908                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4909                 else
4910                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
4911                 break;
4912
4913             case WXK_RIGHT:
4914                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4915                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4916                 else
4917                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
4918                 break;
4919
4920             case WXK_RETURN:
4921             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
4922                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4923                 {
4924                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
4925                 }
4926                 else
4927                 {
4928                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
4929                     {
4930                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4931                     }
4932                     else
4933                     {
4934                         // at the bottom of a column
4935                         DisableCellEditControl();
4936                     }
4937                 }
4938                 break;
4939
4940             case WXK_ESCAPE:
4941                 ClearSelection();
4942                 break;
4943
4944             case WXK_TAB:
4945                 {
4946                     // send an event to the grid's parents for custom handling
4947                     wxGridEvent gridEvt(GetId(), wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, this,
4948                                         GetGridCursorRow(), GetGridCursorCol(),
4949                                         -1, -1, false, event);
4950                     if ( ProcessWindowEvent(gridEvt) )
4951                     {
4952                         // the event has been handled so no need for more processing
4953                         break;
4954                     }
4955                 }
4956                 DoGridProcessTab( event );
4957                 break;
4958
4959             case WXK_HOME:
4960                 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? 0
4961                                              : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4962                          0);
4963                 break;
4964
4965             case WXK_END:
4966                 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? m_numRows - 1
4967                                              : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4968                          m_numCols - 1);
4969                 break;
4970
4971             case WXK_PAGEUP:
4972                 MovePageUp();
4973                 break;
4974
4975             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
4976                 MovePageDown();
4977                 break;
4978
4979             case WXK_SPACE:
4980                 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
4981                 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
4982                 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
4983                 {
4984                     case wxMOD_CONTROL:
4985                         m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
4986                         break;
4987
4988                     case wxMOD_SHIFT:
4989                         m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
4990                         break;
4991
4992                     case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
4993                         m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
4994                                                  m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
4995                         break;
4996
4997                     case wxMOD_NONE:
4998                         if ( !IsEditable() )
4999                         {
5000                             MoveCursorRight(false);
5001                             break;
5002                         }
5003                         //else: fall through
5004
5005                     default:
5006                         event.Skip();
5007                 }
5008                 break;
5009
5010             default:
5011                 event.Skip();
5012                 break;
5013         }
5014     }
5015
5016     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
5017 }
5018
5019 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
5020 {
5021     // try local handlers
5022     //
5023     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
5024     {
5025         if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5026              m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5027         {
5028             if ( m_selection )
5029             {
5030                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
5031                     m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
5032                     m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
5033                     event);
5034             }
5035         }
5036
5037         m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5038         m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5039         m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5040     }
5041 }
5042
5043 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
5044 {
5045     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
5046     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
5047     {
5048         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
5049         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5050         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5051         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5052         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5053
5054         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
5055         // other keys - ask the editor itself
5056         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
5057              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
5058         {
5059             // ensure cell is visble
5060             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
5061             EnableCellEditControl();
5062
5063             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
5064             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
5065             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
5066             // crash the app
5067             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
5068                 editor->StartingKey(event);
5069         }
5070         else
5071         {
5072             event.Skip();
5073         }
5074
5075         editor->DecRef();
5076         attr->DecRef();
5077     }
5078     else
5079     {
5080         event.Skip();
5081     }
5082 }
5083
5084 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
5085 {
5086 }
5087
5088 void wxGrid::DoGridProcessTab(wxKeyboardState& kbdState)
5089 {
5090     const bool isForwardTab = !kbdState.ShiftDown();
5091
5092     // TAB processing only changes when we are at the borders of the grid, so
5093     // let's first handle the common behaviour when we are not at the border.
5094     if ( isForwardTab )
5095     {
5096         if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
5097         {
5098             MoveCursorRight( false );
5099             return;
5100         }
5101     }
5102     else // going back
5103     {
5104         if ( GetGridCursorCol() )
5105         {
5106             MoveCursorLeft( false );
5107             return;
5108         }
5109     }
5110
5111
5112     // We only get here if the cursor is at the border of the grid, apply the
5113     // configured behaviour.
5114     switch ( m_tabBehaviour )
5115     {
5116         case Tab_Stop:
5117             // Nothing special to do, we remain at the current cell.
5118             break;
5119
5120         case Tab_Wrap:
5121             // Go to the beginning of the next or the end of the previous row.
5122             if ( isForwardTab )
5123             {
5124                 if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows() - 1 )
5125                 {
5126                     GoToCell( GetGridCursorRow() + 1, 0 );
5127                     return;
5128                 }
5129             }
5130             else
5131             {
5132                 if ( GetGridCursorRow() > 0 )
5133                 {
5134                     GoToCell( GetGridCursorRow() - 1, GetNumberCols() - 1 );
5135                     return;
5136                 }
5137             }
5138             break;
5139
5140         case Tab_Leave:
5141             if ( Navigate( isForwardTab ? wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward
5142                                         : wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsBackward ) )
5143                 return;
5144             break;
5145     }
5146
5147     // If we remain in this cell, stop editing it if we were doing so.
5148     DisableCellEditControl();
5149 }
5150
5151 bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5152 {
5153     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 )
5154     {
5155         // the event has been vetoed - do nothing
5156         return false;
5157     }
5158
5159 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5160     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5161     PrepareDC( dc );
5162 #endif
5163
5164     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5165     {
5166         DisableCellEditControl();
5167
5168         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
5169         {
5170             wxRect r;
5171             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
5172             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5173             {
5174                 r.x--;
5175                 r.y--;
5176                 r.width++;
5177                 r.height++;
5178             }
5179
5180             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
5181
5182             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
5183             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5184
5185 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
5186             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
5187 #else
5188             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
5189             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
5190 #endif
5191         }
5192     }
5193
5194     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5195
5196     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
5197 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5198     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
5199 #endif
5200     attr->DecRef();
5201
5202     return true;
5203 }
5204
5205 void
5206 wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
5207                                  int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5208 {
5209     MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner);
5210     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5211
5212     if ( m_selection )
5213     {
5214         switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
5215         {
5216             default:
5217                 wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" );
5218                 // fall through
5219
5220             case wxGridSelectCells:
5221                 // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell
5222                 // coordinates as is
5223                 break;
5224
5225             case wxGridSelectRows:
5226                 // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select
5227                 // full rows
5228                 leftCol = 0;
5229                 rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
5230                 break;
5231
5232             case wxGridSelectColumns:
5233                 // same as above but for columns
5234                 topRow = 0;
5235                 bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
5236                 break;
5237
5238             case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
5239                 // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so
5240                 // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't
5241                 // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we
5242                 // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is
5243                 // not useful)
5244                 return;
5245         }
5246     }
5247
5248     EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow);
5249     EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol);
5250
5251     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol),
5252                      updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5253
5254     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
5255     if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
5256          m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5257     {
5258         wxRect rect;
5259         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
5260                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
5261         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5262     }
5263
5264     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
5265     else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
5266               m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
5267     {
5268         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
5269         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
5270         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
5271         wxRect  rect[4];
5272         bool    need_refresh[4];
5273         need_refresh[0] =
5274         need_refresh[1] =
5275         need_refresh[2] =
5276         need_refresh[3] = false;
5277         int     i;
5278
5279         // Store intermediate values
5280         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol();
5281         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow();
5282         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol();
5283         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow();
5284
5285         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
5286         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol);
5287         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow);
5288         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight);
5289         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom);
5290
5291         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
5292         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
5293         // is contained in the other.
5294
5295         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
5296         {
5297             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5298             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
5299             need_refresh[0] = true;
5300             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5301                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
5302                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
5303         }
5304
5305         if ( oldTop < topRow )
5306         {
5307             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5308             // area above the old or new selection.
5309             need_refresh[1] = true;
5310             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5311                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
5312                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
5313         }
5314
5315         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
5316         {
5317             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5318             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
5319             need_refresh[2] = true;
5320             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5321                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
5322                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
5323         }
5324
5325         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
5326         {
5327             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5328             // area below the old or new selection.
5329             need_refresh[3] = true;
5330             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5331                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
5332                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
5333         }
5334
5335         // various Refresh() calls
5336         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
5337             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
5338                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
5339     }
5340
5341     // change selection
5342     m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
5343     m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
5344 }
5345
5346 //
5347 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
5348 //
5349
5350 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
5351 {
5352     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5353     HideCellEditControl();
5354
5355     if ( m_table )
5356     {
5357         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
5358         //
5359         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5360         return true;
5361     }
5362
5363     return false;
5364 }
5365
5366 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
5367 {
5368     int row, col;
5369
5370     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5371     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
5372     // I think so ...
5373     DisableCellEditControl();
5374
5375     if ( m_table )
5376     {
5377         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
5378         {
5379             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
5380             {
5381                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
5382             }
5383         }
5384
5385         return true;
5386     }
5387
5388     return false;
5389 }
5390
5391 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
5392 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
5393 // CalcExposedCells)
5394 //
5395 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
5396 {
5397     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
5398         return;
5399
5400     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
5401     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
5402     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
5403
5404     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5405     {
5406         row = cells[i].GetRow();
5407         col = cells[i].GetCol();
5408         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5409
5410         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
5411         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
5412         {
5413             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5414             bool marked = false;
5415             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
5416             {
5417                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
5418                 {
5419                     marked = true;
5420                     break;
5421                 }
5422             }
5423
5424             if (!marked)
5425             {
5426                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5427                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
5428                 {
5429                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
5430                     {
5431                         marked = true;
5432                         break;
5433                     }
5434                 }
5435
5436                 if (!marked)
5437                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
5438             }
5439
5440             // don't bother drawing this cell
5441             continue;
5442         }
5443
5444         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
5445         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
5446         {
5447             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
5448             {
5449                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
5450                 int left = col;
5451                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
5452                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
5453                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
5454                     {
5455                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
5456                     }
5457
5458                 if (left == col)
5459                     left = 0; // oh well
5460
5461                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
5462                 {
5463                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
5464                     {
5465                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
5466                         {
5467                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
5468                             bool marked = false;
5469
5470                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
5471                             {
5472                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
5473                                 {
5474                                     marked = true;
5475                                     break;
5476                                 }
5477                             }
5478
5479                             if (!marked)
5480                             {
5481                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5482                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
5483                                 {
5484                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
5485                                     {
5486                                         marked = true;
5487                                         break;
5488                                     }
5489                                 }
5490                                 if (!marked)
5491                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
5492                             }
5493                         }
5494                         break;
5495                     }
5496                 }
5497             }
5498         }
5499
5500         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
5501     }
5502
5503     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
5504
5505     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5506     {
5507         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
5508     }
5509 }
5510
5511 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
5512 {
5513   int cw, ch;
5514   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5515
5516   int right, bottom;
5517   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5518
5519   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
5520   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
5521
5522   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
5523   {
5524       int left, top;
5525       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5526
5527       dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour());
5528       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
5529
5530       if ( right > rightCol )
5531       {
5532           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
5533       }
5534
5535       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
5536       {
5537           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
5538       }
5539   }
5540 }
5541
5542 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5543 {
5544     int row = coords.GetRow();
5545     int col = coords.GetCol();
5546
5547     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5548         return;
5549
5550     // we draw the cell border ourselves
5551     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5552
5553     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
5554
5555     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5556
5557     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
5558     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
5559     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
5560     {
5561         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
5562         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
5563         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
5564         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
5565 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5566         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5567         editor->PaintBackground(dc, rect, *attr);
5568         editor->DecRef();
5569 #endif
5570     }
5571     else
5572     {
5573         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
5574         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
5575         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
5576         renderer->DecRef();
5577     }
5578
5579     attr->DecRef();
5580 }
5581
5582 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
5583 {
5584     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
5585     if ( !HasFocus() )
5586         return;
5587
5588     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5589     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5590
5591     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5592         return;
5593
5594     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
5595
5596     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
5597     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
5598     // it doesn't look really good
5599
5600     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
5601
5602     if (penWidth > 0)
5603     {
5604         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
5605         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
5606         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
5607         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
5608         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
5609         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
5610         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
5611         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
5612         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
5613
5614         // Now draw the rectangle
5615         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
5616         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
5617         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground
5618                                                : m_cellHighlightColour,
5619                         penWidth));
5620         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
5621         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5622     }
5623 }
5624
5625 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
5626 {
5627     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour());
5628 }
5629
5630 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
5631 {
5632     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5633 }
5634
5635 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
5636 {
5637     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5638 }
5639
5640 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5641 {
5642     int row = coords.GetRow();
5643     int col = coords.GetCol();
5644     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5645         return;
5646
5647
5648     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5649
5650     // right hand border
5651     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
5652     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
5653                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
5654
5655     // bottom border
5656     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
5657     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
5658                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
5659 }
5660
5661 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
5662 {
5663     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
5664     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
5665     //
5666     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5667          m_numRows && m_numCols )
5668     {
5669         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
5670     }
5671
5672     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5673     {
5674         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
5675         return;
5676     }
5677
5678     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
5679     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
5680     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
5681     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
5682     {
5683         wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
5684
5685         // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
5686         // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
5687         // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
5688         // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
5689         // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
5690         if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
5691         {
5692             int rows = 0,
5693                 cols = 0;
5694             GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
5695
5696             if ( rows < 0 )
5697                 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
5698
5699             if ( cols < 0 )
5700                 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
5701         }
5702
5703         if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
5704         {
5705             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
5706             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
5707             attr->DecRef();
5708
5709             break;
5710         }
5711     }
5712 }
5713
5714 // Used by wxGrid::Render() to draw the grid lines only for the cells in the
5715 // specified range.
5716 void
5717 wxGrid::DrawRangeGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5718                            const wxRegion& reg,
5719                            const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
5720                            const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight)
5721 {
5722     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5723          return;
5724
5725     int top, left, width, height;
5726     reg.GetBox( left, top, width, height );
5727
5728     // create a clipping region
5729     wxRegion clippedcells( dc.LogicalToDeviceX( left ),
5730                            dc.LogicalToDeviceY( top ),
5731                            dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( width ),
5732                            dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( height ) );
5733
5734     // subtract multi cell span area from clipping region for lines
5735     wxRect rect;
5736     for ( int row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
5737     {
5738         for ( int col = topLeft.GetCol(); col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
5739         {
5740             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5741             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5742             if ( cell_rows > 1 || cell_cols > 1 ) // multi cell
5743             {
5744                 rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5745                 // cater for scaling
5746                 // device origin already set in ::Render() for x, y
5747                 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5748                 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5749                 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5750                 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5751                 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5752             }
5753             else if ( cell_rows < 0 || cell_cols < 0 ) // part of multicell
5754             {
5755                 rect = CellToRect( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5756                 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5757                 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5758                 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5759                 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5760                 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5761             }
5762         }
5763     }
5764
5765     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5766
5767     DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5768                     top, left, top + height, left + width,
5769                     topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
5770                     bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol());
5771
5772     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5773 }
5774
5775 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
5776 // has been changed
5777 //
5778 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
5779 {
5780     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5781          return;
5782
5783     int top, bottom, left, right;
5784
5785     int cw, ch;
5786     m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
5787     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5788     CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5789
5790     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
5791     if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz )
5792     {
5793         if ( !m_numCols )
5794             return;
5795
5796         const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1));
5797         if ( right > lastColRight )
5798             right = lastColRight;
5799     }
5800
5801     if ( m_gridLinesClipVert )
5802     {
5803         if ( !m_numRows )
5804             return;
5805
5806         const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1);
5807         if ( bottom > lastRowBottom )
5808             bottom = lastRowBottom;
5809     }
5810
5811     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
5812     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
5813     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
5814     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
5815     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
5816
5817     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
5818
5819     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5820     wxRect rect;
5821
5822     for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
5823     {
5824         for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ )
5825         {
5826             int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5827
5828             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5829             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
5830             {
5831                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
5832                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5833                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5834             }
5835             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5836             {
5837                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
5838                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5839                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5840             }
5841         }
5842     }
5843
5844     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5845
5846     DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5847                     top, left, bottom, right,
5848                     topRow, leftCol, m_numRows, m_numCols);
5849
5850     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5851 }
5852
5853 void
5854 wxGrid::DoDrawGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5855                         int top, int left,
5856                         int bottom, int right,
5857                         int topRow, int leftCol,
5858                         int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5859 {
5860     // horizontal grid lines
5861     for ( int i = topRow; i < bottomRow; i++ )
5862     {
5863         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
5864
5865         if ( bot > bottom )
5866             break;
5867
5868         if ( bot >= top )
5869         {
5870             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
5871             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
5872         }
5873     }
5874
5875     // vertical grid lines
5876     for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < rightCol; colPos++ )
5877     {
5878         int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5879
5880         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
5881 #ifdef __WXGTK__
5882         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
5883 #endif
5884             colRight--;
5885
5886         if ( colRight > right )
5887             break;
5888
5889         if ( colRight >= left )
5890         {
5891             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
5892             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
5893         }
5894     }
5895 }
5896
5897 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
5898 {
5899     if ( !m_numRows )
5900         return;
5901
5902     const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
5903     for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5904     {
5905         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
5906     }
5907 }
5908
5909 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
5910 {
5911     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
5912         return;
5913
5914     wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5915         attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5916
5917     // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation
5918     // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract)
5919     // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it
5920     const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
5921         rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row)
5922                             : static_cast<const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&>
5923                                 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer);
5924
5925     wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row));
5926     rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5927
5928     int hAlign, vAlign;
5929     GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
5930
5931     rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row),
5932                    rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL);
5933 }
5934
5935 void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native)
5936 {
5937     if ( native == m_useNativeHeader )
5938         return;
5939
5940     delete m_colWindow;
5941     m_useNativeHeader = native;
5942
5943     CreateColumnWindow();
5944
5945     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5946         GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5947     CalcWindowSizes();
5948 }
5949
5950 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
5951 {
5952     wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader,
5953                   "doesn't make sense when using native header" );
5954
5955     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
5956     if (native)
5957     {
5958         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
5959         SetColLabelSize( height );
5960     }
5961
5962     GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh();
5963     m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
5964 }
5965
5966 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
5967 {
5968     if ( !m_numCols )
5969         return;
5970
5971     const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
5972     for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5973     {
5974         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
5975     }
5976 }
5977
5978 void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc)
5979 {
5980     wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight));
5981
5982     if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5983     {
5984         rect.Deflate(1);
5985
5986         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0);
5987     }
5988     else
5989     {
5990         rect.width++;
5991         rect.height++;
5992
5993         wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5994             attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5995         const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&
5996             rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer()
5997                                 : static_cast<wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&>
5998                                     (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer);
5999
6000         rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
6001     }
6002 }
6003
6004 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col)
6005 {
6006     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
6007         return;
6008
6009     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
6010
6011     wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight);
6012     wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
6013         attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
6014     const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
6015         rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col)
6016                             : static_cast<wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&>
6017                                 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer);
6018
6019     if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
6020     {
6021         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton
6022                                 (
6023                                     GetColLabelWindow(),
6024                                     dc,
6025                                     rect,
6026                                     0,
6027                                     IsSortingBy(col)
6028                                         ? IsSortOrderAscending()
6029                                             ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP
6030                                             : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN
6031                                         : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE
6032                                 );
6033         rect.Deflate(2);
6034     }
6035     else
6036     {
6037         // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display
6038         // artefacts, see #12055.
6039         wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour());
6040         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6041
6042         rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
6043     }
6044
6045     int hAlign, vAlign;
6046     GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
6047     const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
6048
6049     rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient);
6050 }
6051
6052 // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which
6053 //       we just have to add textOrientation support
6054 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
6055                                 const wxString& value,
6056                                 const wxRect& rect,
6057                                 int horizAlign,
6058                                 int vertAlign,
6059                                 int textOrientation ) const
6060 {
6061     wxArrayString lines;
6062
6063     StringToLines( value, lines );
6064
6065     DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
6066 }
6067
6068 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
6069                                const wxArrayString& lines,
6070                                const wxRect& rect,
6071                                int horizAlign,
6072                                int vertAlign,
6073                                int textOrientation) const
6074 {
6075     if ( lines.empty() )
6076         return;
6077
6078     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
6079
6080     long textWidth,
6081          textHeight;
6082
6083     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6084         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
6085     else
6086         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
6087
6088     int x = 0,
6089         y = 0;
6090     switch ( vertAlign )
6091     {
6092         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
6093             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6094                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
6095             else
6096                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
6097             break;
6098
6099         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6100             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6101                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
6102             else
6103                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
6104             break;
6105
6106         case wxALIGN_TOP:
6107         default:
6108             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6109                 y = rect.y + 1;
6110             else
6111                 x = rect.x + 1;
6112             break;
6113     }
6114
6115     // Align each line of a multi-line label
6116     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
6117     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
6118     {
6119         const wxString& line = lines[l];
6120
6121         if ( line.empty() )
6122         {
6123             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
6124             continue;
6125         }
6126
6127         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
6128              lineHeight = 0;
6129         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
6130
6131         switch ( horizAlign )
6132         {
6133             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
6134                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6135                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
6136                 else
6137                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
6138                 break;
6139
6140             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6141                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6142                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
6143                 else
6144                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
6145                 break;
6146
6147             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
6148             default:
6149                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6150                     x = rect.x + 1;
6151                 else
6152                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
6153                 break;
6154         }
6155
6156         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6157         {
6158             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
6159             y += lineHeight;
6160         }
6161         else
6162         {
6163             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
6164             x += lineHeight;
6165         }
6166     }
6167 }
6168
6169 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
6170 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
6171 //
6172 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
6173 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
6174 {
6175     int startPos = 0;
6176     int pos;
6177     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
6178     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
6179
6180     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6181     {
6182         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
6183         if ( pos < 0 )
6184         {
6185             break;
6186         }
6187         else if ( pos == 0 )
6188         {
6189             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
6190         }
6191         else
6192         {
6193             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
6194         }
6195
6196         startPos += pos + 1;
6197     }
6198
6199     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6200     {
6201         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
6202     }
6203 }
6204
6205 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
6206                              const wxArrayString& lines,
6207                              long *width, long *height ) const
6208 {
6209     wxCoord w = 0;
6210     wxCoord h = 0;
6211     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
6212
6213     size_t i;
6214     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
6215     {
6216         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
6217         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
6218         h += lineH;
6219     }
6220
6221     *width = w;
6222     *height = h;
6223 }
6224
6225 //
6226 // ------ Batch processing.
6227 //
6228 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
6229 {
6230     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
6231     {
6232         m_batchCount--;
6233         if ( !m_batchCount )
6234         {
6235             CalcDimensions();
6236             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6237             m_colWindow->Refresh();
6238             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
6239             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6240         }
6241     }
6242 }
6243
6244 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
6245 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
6246 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
6247 //
6248 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
6249 {
6250     BeginBatch();
6251     EndBatch();
6252 }
6253
6254 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
6255 {
6256     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
6257         return false;
6258
6259     // redraw in the new state
6260     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6261
6262     return true;
6263 }
6264
6265 //
6266 // ------ Edit control functions
6267 //
6268
6269 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
6270 {
6271     if ( edit != m_editable )
6272     {
6273         if (!edit)
6274             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
6275         m_editable = edit;
6276     }
6277 }
6278
6279 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
6280 {
6281     if (! m_editable)
6282         return;
6283
6284     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6285     {
6286         if ( enable )
6287         {
6288             if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 )
6289                 return;
6290
6291             // this should be checked by the caller!
6292             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
6293
6294             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
6295             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6296
6297             ShowCellEditControl();
6298         }
6299         else
6300         {
6301             SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
6302
6303             HideCellEditControl();
6304             SaveEditControlValue();
6305
6306             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
6307             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6308         }
6309     }
6310 }
6311
6312 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
6313 {
6314     wxGridCellAttr*
6315         attr = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
6316     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
6317     attr->DecRef();
6318
6319     return readonly;
6320 }
6321
6322 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
6323 {
6324     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
6325         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
6326 }
6327
6328 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
6329 {
6330     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
6331     // current one if it's read only
6332     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
6333 }
6334
6335 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
6336 {
6337     bool isShown = false;
6338
6339     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6340     {
6341         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6342         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6343         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6344         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
6345         attr->DecRef();
6346
6347         if ( editor )
6348         {
6349             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
6350             {
6351                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
6352             }
6353
6354             editor->DecRef();
6355         }
6356     }
6357
6358     return isShown;
6359 }
6360
6361 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
6362 {
6363     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6364     {
6365         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6366         {
6367             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
6368             return;
6369         }
6370         else
6371         {
6372             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
6373             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6374             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6375
6376             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
6377             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
6378             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6379             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6380             {
6381                 row += cell_rows;
6382                 col += cell_cols;
6383                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
6384                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
6385             }
6386
6387             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
6388             // might not cover the entire cell
6389             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6390             PrepareDC( dc );
6391             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6392             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
6393             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
6394             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6395
6396             // convert to scrolled coords
6397             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6398
6399             int nXMove = 0;
6400             if (rect.x < 0)
6401                 nXMove = rect.x;
6402
6403             // cell is shifted by one pixel
6404             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
6405             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
6406             // "don't change."
6407             if (rect.x > 0)
6408                 rect.x--;
6409             if (rect.y > 0)
6410                 rect.y--;
6411
6412             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6413             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
6414             {
6415                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
6416                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
6417
6418                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
6419                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
6420                                              this,
6421                                              row,
6422                                              col,
6423                                              editor->GetControl());
6424                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
6425             }
6426
6427             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
6428             int maxWidth = rect.width;
6429             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
6430             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
6431             {
6432                 int y;
6433                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
6434                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
6435                     maxWidth = rect.width;
6436             }
6437
6438             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
6439             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
6440                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
6441
6442             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
6443             {
6444                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6445                 // may have changed earlier
6446                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
6447                 {
6448                     int c_rows, c_cols;
6449                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
6450
6451                     // looks weird going over a multicell
6452                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
6453                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
6454                     {
6455                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
6456                     }
6457                     else
6458                         break;
6459                 }
6460
6461                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
6462                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
6463             }
6464
6465             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
6466             editor->SetSize( rect );
6467             if (nXMove != 0)
6468                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
6469                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
6470                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
6471             editor->Show( true, attr );
6472
6473             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
6474             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
6475             CalcDimensions();
6476
6477             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
6478             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
6479
6480             editor->DecRef();
6481             attr->DecRef();
6482         }
6483     }
6484 }
6485
6486 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
6487 {
6488     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6489     {
6490         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6491         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6492
6493         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6494         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6495         const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
6496         editor->Show( false );
6497         editor->DecRef();
6498         attr->DecRef();
6499
6500         // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
6501         //
6502         // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
6503         // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
6504         // editor precisely because we lost focus
6505         if ( editorHadFocus )
6506             m_gridWin->SetFocus();
6507
6508         // refresh whole row to the right
6509         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
6510         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6511         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
6512
6513 #ifdef __WXMAC__
6514         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
6515         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
6516 #endif
6517
6518         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6519     }
6520 }
6521
6522 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
6523 {
6524     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6525     {
6526         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6527         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6528
6529         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
6530
6531         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6532         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6533
6534         wxString newval;
6535         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval);
6536
6537         if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 )
6538         {
6539             editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this);
6540
6541             // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event
6542             // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING
6543             // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too
6544             if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 )
6545             {
6546                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
6547                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
6548             }
6549         }
6550
6551         editor->DecRef();
6552         attr->DecRef();
6553     }
6554 }
6555
6556 //
6557 // ------ Grid location functions
6558 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
6559 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
6560 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
6561 //
6562
6563 wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const
6564 {
6565     int row = YToRow(y);
6566     int col = XToCol(x);
6567
6568     return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords
6569                                   : wxGridCellCoords(row, col);
6570 }
6571
6572 // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
6573 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of
6574 // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly in O(log n) time.
6575 // NOTE: This may not work correctly for reordered columns.
6576 int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord,
6577                          bool clipToMinMax,
6578                          const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6579 {
6580     const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
6581
6582     if ( coord < 0 )
6583         return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND;
6584
6585     const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this);
6586     wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" );
6587
6588     int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize,
6589         minPos = 0;
6590
6591     // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes
6592     // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in
6593     const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this);
6594     if ( lineEnds.empty() )
6595     {
6596         if ( maxPos < numLines )
6597             return maxPos;
6598
6599         return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1;
6600     }
6601
6602
6603     // binary search is quite efficient and we can't really make any assumptions
6604     // on where to start here since row and columns could be of size 0 if they are
6605     // hidden. While this could be made more efficient, some profiling will be
6606     // necessary to determine if it really is a performance bottleneck
6607     maxPos = numLines  - 1;
6608
6609     // check if the position is beyond the last column
6610     const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos);
6611     if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] )
6612         return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1;
6613
6614     // or before the first one
6615     const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0);
6616     if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] )
6617         return 0;
6618
6619
6620     // finally do perform the binary search
6621     while ( minPos < maxPos )
6622     {
6623         wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord &&
6624                         coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)],
6625                      -1,
6626                      "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" );
6627
6628         if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] )
6629             return maxPos;
6630         else
6631             maxPos--;
6632
6633         const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
6634         if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] )
6635             maxPos = median;
6636         else
6637             minPos = median;
6638     }
6639
6640     return maxPos;
6641 }
6642
6643 int
6644 wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord,
6645                   bool clipToMinMax,
6646                   const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6647 {
6648     int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper);
6649
6650     return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos);
6651 }
6652
6653 int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const
6654 {
6655     return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations());
6656 }
6657
6658 int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const
6659 {
6660     return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations());
6661 }
6662
6663 int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const
6664 {
6665     return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations());
6666 }
6667
6668 // return the row/col number such that the pos is near the edge of, or -1 if
6669 // not near an edge.
6670 //
6671 // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is
6672 // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge
6673 // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will
6674 // _never_ be considered to be near the edge).
6675 int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6676 {
6677     // Get the bottom or rightmost line that could match.
6678     int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true);
6679
6680     if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6681     {
6682         // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough
6683         // to start or end border, respectively.
6684         if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6685             return line;
6686         else if ( line > 0 &&
6687                     pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this,
6688                                                line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6689         {
6690             // We need to find the previous visible line, so skip all the
6691             // hidden (of size 0) ones.
6692             do
6693             {
6694                 line = oper.GetLineBefore(this, line);
6695             }
6696             while ( line >= 0 && oper.GetLineSize(this, line) == 0 );
6697
6698             // It can possibly be -1 here.
6699             return line;
6700         }
6701     }
6702
6703     return -1;
6704 }
6705
6706 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const
6707 {
6708     return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations());
6709 }
6710
6711 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const
6712 {
6713     return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations());
6714 }
6715
6716 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
6717 {
6718     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
6719
6720     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6721          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6722     {
6723         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6724         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
6725         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6726         // if negative then find multicell owner
6727         if (cell_rows < 0)
6728             row += cell_rows;
6729         if (cell_cols < 0)
6730              col += cell_cols;
6731         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6732
6733         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
6734         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
6735         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
6736             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
6737         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
6738             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
6739
6740         // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
6741         if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
6742         {
6743             rect.width -= 1;
6744             rect.height -= 1;
6745         }
6746     }
6747
6748     return rect;
6749 }
6750
6751 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
6752 {
6753     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6754     //
6755     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6756
6757     // convert to device coords
6758     //
6759     int left, top, right, bottom;
6760     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6761     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6762
6763     // check against the client area of the grid window
6764     int cw, ch;
6765     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6766
6767     if ( wholeCellVisible )
6768     {
6769         // is the cell wholly visible ?
6770         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
6771                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
6772     }
6773     else
6774     {
6775         // is the cell partly visible ?
6776         //
6777         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
6778                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
6779     }
6780 }
6781
6782 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
6783 // of scrolling
6784 //
6785 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
6786 {
6787     int i;
6788     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
6789
6790     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6791          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6792     {
6793         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6794         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6795
6796         // convert to device coords
6797         int left, top, right, bottom;
6798         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6799         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6800
6801         int cw, ch;
6802         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6803
6804         if ( top < 0 )
6805         {
6806             ypos = r.GetTop();
6807         }
6808         else if ( bottom > ch )
6809         {
6810             int h = r.GetHeight();
6811             ypos = r.GetTop();
6812             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6813             {
6814                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
6815                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
6816                     break;
6817
6818                 h += rowHeight;
6819                 ypos -= rowHeight;
6820             }
6821
6822             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
6823             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
6824             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
6825             //
6826             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
6827             // so just add a full scroll unit...
6828             ypos += m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6829         }
6830
6831         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
6832         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
6833         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
6834 //      if ( left < 0 )
6835         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
6836         {
6837             xpos = r.GetLeft();
6838         }
6839         else if ( right > cw )
6840         {
6841             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
6842             int x0, y0;
6843             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
6844             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
6845
6846             // see comment for ypos above
6847             xpos += m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6848         }
6849
6850         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
6851         {
6852             if ( xpos != -1 )
6853                 xpos /= m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6854             if ( ypos != -1 )
6855                 ypos /= m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6856             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
6857             AdjustScrollbars();
6858         }
6859     }
6860 }
6861
6862 //
6863 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
6864 //
6865
6866 bool
6867 wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
6868                      const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6869 {
6870     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6871         return false;
6872
6873     if ( expandSelection )
6874     {
6875         wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner;
6876         if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6877             coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6878
6879         if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6880             return false;
6881
6882         diroper.Advance(coords);
6883
6884         UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6885     }
6886     else // don't expand selection
6887     {
6888         ClearSelection();
6889
6890         if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6891             return false;
6892
6893         wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6894         diroper.Advance(coords);
6895
6896         GoToCell(coords);
6897     }
6898
6899     return true;
6900 }
6901
6902 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection)
6903 {
6904     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6905                         wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6906 }
6907
6908 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection)
6909 {
6910     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6911                         wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6912 }
6913
6914 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection)
6915 {
6916     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6917                         wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6918 }
6919
6920 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection)
6921 {
6922     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6923                         wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6924 }
6925
6926 bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6927 {
6928     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6929         return false;
6930
6931     if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6932         return false;
6933
6934     const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6935     int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y);
6936     if ( newRow == oldRow )
6937     {
6938         wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6939         diroper.Advance(coords);
6940         newRow = coords.GetRow();
6941     }
6942
6943     GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
6944
6945     return true;
6946 }
6947
6948 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
6949 {
6950     return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6951                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6952 }
6953
6954 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
6955 {
6956     return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6957                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6958 }
6959
6960 // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper
6961 // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end
6962 void
6963 wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6964                               const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6965 {
6966     while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6967     {
6968         diroper.Advance(coords);
6969         if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6970             break;
6971     }
6972 }
6973
6974 bool
6975 wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
6976                             const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6977 {
6978     if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6979         return false;
6980
6981     if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6982         return false;
6983
6984     wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6985     if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6986     {
6987         // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells
6988         AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6989     }
6990     else // current cell is not empty
6991     {
6992         diroper.Advance(coords);
6993         if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6994         {
6995             // we started at the end of a block, find the next one
6996             AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6997         }
6998         else // we're in a middle of a block
6999         {
7000             // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next
7001             // empty one
7002             while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
7003             {
7004                 wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords);
7005                 diroper.Advance(coordsNext);
7006                 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) )
7007                     break;
7008
7009                 coords = coordsNext;
7010             }
7011         }
7012     }
7013
7014     if ( expandSelection )
7015     {
7016         UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
7017     }
7018     else
7019     {
7020         ClearSelection();
7021         GoToCell(coords);
7022     }
7023
7024     return true;
7025 }
7026
7027 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection)
7028 {
7029     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7030                 expandSelection,
7031                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
7032            );
7033 }
7034
7035 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
7036 {
7037     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7038                 expandSelection,
7039                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
7040            );
7041 }
7042
7043 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
7044 {
7045     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7046                 expandSelection,
7047                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
7048            );
7049 }
7050
7051 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
7052 {
7053     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7054                 expandSelection,
7055                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
7056            );
7057 }
7058
7059 //
7060 // ------ Label values and formatting
7061 //
7062
7063 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7064 {
7065     if ( horiz )
7066         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
7067     if ( vert )
7068         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
7069 }
7070
7071 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7072 {
7073     if ( horiz )
7074         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
7075     if ( vert )
7076         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
7077 }
7078
7079 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
7080 {
7081     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
7082 }
7083
7084 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
7085 {
7086     if ( m_table )
7087     {
7088         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
7089     }
7090     else
7091     {
7092         wxString s;
7093         s << row;
7094         return s;
7095     }
7096 }
7097
7098 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
7099 {
7100     if ( m_table )
7101     {
7102         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
7103     }
7104     else
7105     {
7106         wxString s;
7107         s << col;
7108         return s;
7109     }
7110 }
7111
7112 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
7113 {
7114     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7115
7116     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7117     {
7118         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
7119     }
7120
7121     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
7122     {
7123         if ( width == 0 )
7124         {
7125             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
7126             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7127         }
7128         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
7129         {
7130             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
7131             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
7132                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7133         }
7134
7135         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
7136         InvalidateBestSize();
7137         CalcWindowSizes();
7138         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7139     }
7140 }
7141
7142 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
7143 {
7144     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7145
7146     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7147     {
7148         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
7149     }
7150
7151     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
7152     {
7153         if ( height == 0 )
7154         {
7155             m_colWindow->Show( false );
7156             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7157         }
7158         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
7159         {
7160             m_colWindow->Show( true );
7161             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
7162                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7163         }
7164
7165         m_colLabelHeight = height;
7166         InvalidateBestSize();
7167         CalcWindowSizes();
7168         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7169     }
7170 }
7171
7172 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
7173 {
7174     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
7175     {
7176         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
7177         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7178         m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7179         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7180
7181         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7182         {
7183             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7184             m_colWindow->Refresh();
7185             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7186         }
7187     }
7188 }
7189
7190 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
7191 {
7192     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
7193     {
7194         m_labelTextColour = colour;
7195         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7196         {
7197             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7198             m_colWindow->Refresh();
7199         }
7200     }
7201 }
7202
7203 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
7204 {
7205     m_labelFont = font;
7206     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7207     {
7208         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7209         m_colWindow->Refresh();
7210     }
7211 }
7212
7213 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7214 {
7215     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7216     switch ( horiz )
7217     {
7218         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7219         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7220         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7221     }
7222
7223     switch ( vert )
7224     {
7225         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
7226         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7227         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7228     }
7229
7230     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7231     {
7232         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7233     }
7234
7235     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7236     {
7237         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
7238     }
7239
7240     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7241     {
7242         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7243     }
7244 }
7245
7246 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7247 {
7248     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7249     switch ( horiz )
7250     {
7251         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7252         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7253         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7254     }
7255
7256     switch ( vert )
7257     {
7258         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
7259         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7260         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7261     }
7262
7263     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7264     {
7265         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7266     }
7267
7268     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7269     {
7270         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
7271     }
7272
7273     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7274     {
7275         m_colWindow->Refresh();
7276     }
7277 }
7278
7279 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
7280 //       does not support vertical printing
7281 //
7282 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
7283 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
7284 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
7285 //
7286 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
7287 {
7288     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
7289         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
7290
7291     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7292         m_colWindow->Refresh();
7293 }
7294
7295 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
7296 {
7297     if ( m_table )
7298     {
7299         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
7300         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7301         {
7302             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
7303             if ( rect.height > 0 )
7304             {
7305                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7306                 rect.x = 0;
7307                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
7308                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
7309             }
7310         }
7311     }
7312 }
7313
7314 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
7315 {
7316     if ( m_table )
7317     {
7318         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
7319         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7320         {
7321             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
7322             {
7323                 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
7324             }
7325             else
7326             {
7327                 wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
7328                 if ( rect.width > 0 )
7329                 {
7330                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7331                     rect.y = 0;
7332                     rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
7333                     GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
7334                 }
7335             }
7336         }
7337     }
7338 }
7339
7340 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
7341 {
7342     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
7343     {
7344         m_gridLineColour = colour;
7345
7346         if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7347             RedrawGridLines();
7348     }
7349 }
7350
7351 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
7352 {
7353     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
7354     {
7355         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
7356
7357         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7358         PrepareDC( dc );
7359         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7360         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7361         attr->DecRef();
7362     }
7363 }
7364
7365 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
7366 {
7367     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
7368     {
7369         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
7370
7371         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7372         // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7373         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7374         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7375         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7376             return;
7377
7378         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7379         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7380     }
7381 }
7382
7383 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
7384 {
7385     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
7386     {
7387         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
7388
7389         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7390         // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7391         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7392         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7393         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
7394                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7395             return;
7396
7397         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7398         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7399     }
7400 }
7401
7402 void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines()
7403 {
7404     // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn
7405     if ( GetBatchCount() )
7406         return;
7407
7408     if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7409     {
7410         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7411         PrepareDC( dc );
7412         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
7413     }
7414     else // remove the grid lines
7415     {
7416         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7417     }
7418 }
7419
7420 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
7421 {
7422     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
7423     {
7424         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
7425
7426         RedrawGridLines();
7427     }
7428 }
7429
7430 void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip)
7431 {
7432     if ( clip != var )
7433     {
7434         var = clip;
7435
7436         if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7437             RedrawGridLines();
7438     }
7439 }
7440
7441 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
7442 {
7443     return m_defaultRowHeight;
7444 }
7445
7446 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
7447 {
7448     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") );
7449
7450     return GetRowHeight(row);
7451 }
7452
7453 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
7454 {
7455     return m_defaultColWidth;
7456 }
7457
7458 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
7459 {
7460     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") );
7461
7462     return GetColWidth(col);
7463 }
7464
7465 // ============================================================================
7466 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
7467 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
7468 // ============================================================================
7469
7470 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7471 // setting default attributes
7472 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7473
7474 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
7475 {
7476     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7477 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7478     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7479 #endif
7480 }
7481
7482 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
7483 {
7484     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
7485 }
7486
7487 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7488 {
7489     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7490 }
7491
7492 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
7493 {
7494     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
7495 }
7496
7497 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
7498 {
7499     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
7500 }
7501
7502 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
7503 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
7504 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
7505 // work correctly.
7506
7507 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7508 {
7509     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7510                      renderer,
7511                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
7512 }
7513
7514 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
7515 {
7516     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7517                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
7518                      editor);
7519 }
7520
7521 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7522 // access to the default attributes
7523 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7524
7525 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
7526 {
7527     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
7528 }
7529
7530 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
7531 {
7532     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
7533 }
7534
7535 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
7536 {
7537     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
7538 }
7539
7540 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7541 {
7542     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7543 }
7544
7545 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
7546 {
7547     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
7548 }
7549
7550 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
7551 {
7552     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
7553 }
7554
7555 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
7556 {
7557     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
7558 }
7559
7560 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7561 // access to cell attributes
7562 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7563
7564 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
7565 {
7566     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7567     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
7568     attr->DecRef();
7569
7570     return colour;
7571 }
7572
7573 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
7574 {
7575     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7576     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
7577     attr->DecRef();
7578
7579     return colour;
7580 }
7581
7582 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
7583 {
7584     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7585     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
7586     attr->DecRef();
7587
7588     return font;
7589 }
7590
7591 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7592 {
7593     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7594     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7595     attr->DecRef();
7596 }
7597
7598 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
7599 {
7600     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7601     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
7602     attr->DecRef();
7603
7604     return allow;
7605 }
7606
7607 wxGrid::CellSpan
7608 wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
7609 {
7610     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7611     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
7612     attr->DecRef();
7613
7614     if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 )
7615         return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell
7616
7617     if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 )
7618         return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell
7619
7620     // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom
7621     return CellSpan_Main;
7622 }
7623
7624 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
7625 {
7626     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7627     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7628     attr->DecRef();
7629
7630     return renderer;
7631 }
7632
7633 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
7634 {
7635     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7636     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7637     attr->DecRef();
7638
7639     return editor;
7640 }
7641
7642 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
7643 {
7644     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7645     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7646     attr->DecRef();
7647
7648     return isReadOnly;
7649 }
7650
7651 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7652 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
7653 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7654
7655 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
7656 {
7657     if ( !m_table )
7658     {
7659         return false;
7660     }
7661
7662     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
7663 }
7664
7665 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
7666 {
7667     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
7668     {
7669         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
7670         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
7671         m_attrCache.row = -1;
7672         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
7673         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
7674         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
7675         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
7676         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
7677     }
7678 }
7679
7680 void wxGrid::RefreshAttr(int row, int col)
7681 {
7682     if ( m_attrCache.row == row && m_attrCache.col == col )
7683         ClearAttrCache();
7684 }
7685
7686
7687 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
7688 {
7689     if ( attr != NULL )
7690     {
7691         wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
7692
7693         self->ClearAttrCache();
7694         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
7695         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
7696         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
7697         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
7698     }
7699 }
7700
7701 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
7702 {
7703     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
7704     {
7705         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
7706         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
7707
7708 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7709         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
7710 #endif
7711
7712         return true;
7713     }
7714     else
7715     {
7716 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7717         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
7718 #endif
7719
7720         return false;
7721     }
7722 }
7723
7724 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7725 {
7726     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7727     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
7728     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
7729     if ( row >= 0 )
7730     {
7731         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
7732         {
7733             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
7734                            : NULL;
7735             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
7736         }
7737     }
7738
7739     if (attr)
7740     {
7741         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7742     }
7743     else
7744     {
7745         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
7746         attr->IncRef();
7747     }
7748
7749     return attr;
7750 }
7751
7752 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7753 {
7754     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7755     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
7756
7757     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed"));
7758     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") );
7759
7760     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
7761     if ( !attr )
7762     {
7763         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7764
7765         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
7766         attr->IncRef();
7767         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7768     }
7769
7770     return attr;
7771 }
7772
7773 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7774 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
7775 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7776
7777 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
7778 {
7779     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
7780 }
7781
7782 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
7783 {
7784     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
7785 }
7786
7787 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
7788 {
7789     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
7790     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
7791     {
7792         typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision;
7793     }
7794
7795     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
7796 }
7797
7798 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
7799 {
7800     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
7801     if (!attr)
7802         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
7803     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
7804     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7805     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
7806     attr->SetEditor(editor);
7807
7808     SetColAttr(col, attr);
7809
7810 }
7811
7812 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7813 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
7814 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7815
7816 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7817 {
7818     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7819     {
7820         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7821         ClearAttrCache();
7822     }
7823     else
7824     {
7825         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7826     }
7827 }
7828
7829 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7830 {
7831     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7832     {
7833         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
7834         ClearAttrCache();
7835     }
7836     else
7837     {
7838         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7839     }
7840 }
7841
7842 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7843 {
7844     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7845     {
7846         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
7847         ClearAttrCache();
7848     }
7849     else
7850     {
7851         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7852     }
7853 }
7854
7855 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7856 {
7857     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7858     {
7859         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7860         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
7861         attr->DecRef();
7862     }
7863 }
7864
7865 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7866 {
7867     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7868     {
7869         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7870         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
7871         attr->DecRef();
7872     }
7873 }
7874
7875 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
7876 {
7877     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7878     {
7879         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7880         attr->SetFont(font);
7881         attr->DecRef();
7882     }
7883 }
7884
7885 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
7886 {
7887     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7888     {
7889         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7890         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7891         attr->DecRef();
7892     }
7893 }
7894
7895 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
7896 {
7897     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7898     {
7899         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7900         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
7901         attr->DecRef();
7902     }
7903 }
7904
7905 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
7906 {
7907     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7908     {
7909         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7910
7911         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7912         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
7913         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
7914         attr->DecRef();
7915
7916         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
7917         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
7918         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
7919         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
7920         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
7921                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
7922         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
7923                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
7924
7925         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
7926         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7927         {
7928             int i, j;
7929             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
7930             {
7931                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
7932                 {
7933                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7934                     {
7935                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7936                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
7937                         attr_stub->DecRef();
7938                     }
7939                 }
7940             }
7941         }
7942
7943         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
7944         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
7945         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
7946         {
7947             int i, j;
7948             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
7949             {
7950                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
7951                 {
7952                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7953                     {
7954                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7955                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
7956                         attr_stub->DecRef();
7957                     }
7958                 }
7959             }
7960         }
7961     }
7962 }
7963
7964 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7965 {
7966     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7967     {
7968         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7969         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7970         attr->DecRef();
7971     }
7972 }
7973
7974 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
7975 {
7976     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7977     {
7978         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7979         attr->SetEditor(editor);
7980         attr->DecRef();
7981     }
7982 }
7983
7984 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
7985 {
7986     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7987     {
7988         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7989         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
7990         attr->DecRef();
7991     }
7992 }
7993
7994 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7995 // Data type registration
7996 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7997
7998 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
7999                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
8000                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
8001 {
8002     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
8003 }
8004
8005
8006 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
8007 {
8008     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
8009     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
8010 }
8011
8012 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
8013 {
8014     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
8015     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
8016 }
8017
8018 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
8019 {
8020     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
8021     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8022     {
8023         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
8024
8025         return NULL;
8026     }
8027
8028     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
8029 }
8030
8031 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
8032 {
8033     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
8034     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8035     {
8036         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
8037
8038         return NULL;
8039     }
8040
8041     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
8042 }
8043
8044 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8045 // row/col size
8046 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8047
8048 void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed)
8049 {
8050     if ( !setFixed )
8051     {
8052         setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet;
8053     }
8054
8055     setFixed->insert(line);
8056 }
8057
8058 bool
8059 wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const
8060 {
8061     return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line);
8062 }
8063
8064 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
8065 {
8066     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
8067 }
8068
8069 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
8070 {
8071     m_canDragColSize = enable;
8072 }
8073
8074 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
8075 {
8076     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
8077 }
8078
8079 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
8080 {
8081     m_canDragCell = enable;
8082 }
8083
8084 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
8085 {
8086     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
8087
8088     if ( resizeExistingRows )
8089     {
8090         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
8091         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
8092         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8093         // some speed optimisations)
8094         m_rowHeights.Empty();
8095         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
8096         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8097             CalcDimensions();
8098     }
8099 }
8100
8101 namespace
8102 {
8103
8104 // This is a common part of SetRowSize() and SetColSize() which takes care of
8105 // updating the height/width of a row/column depending on its current value and
8106 // the new one.
8107 //
8108 // Returns the difference between the new and the old size.
8109 int UpdateRowOrColSize(int& sizeCurrent, int sizeNew)
8110 {
8111     // On input here sizeCurrent can be negative if it's currently hidden (the
8112     // real size is its absolute value then). And sizeNew can be 0 to indicate
8113     // that the row/column should be hidden or -1 to indicate that it should be
8114     // shown again.
8115
8116     if ( sizeNew < 0 )
8117     {
8118         // We're showing back a previously hidden row/column.
8119         wxASSERT_MSG( sizeNew == -1, wxS("New size must be positive or -1.") );
8120
8121         // If it's already visible, simply do nothing.
8122         if ( sizeCurrent >= 0 )
8123             return 0;
8124
8125         // Otherwise show it by restoring its old size.
8126         sizeCurrent = -sizeCurrent;
8127
8128         // This is positive which is correct.
8129         return sizeCurrent;
8130     }
8131     else if ( sizeNew == 0 )
8132     {
8133         // We're hiding a row/column.
8134
8135         // If it's already hidden, simply do nothing.
8136         if ( sizeCurrent <= 0 )
8137             return 0;
8138
8139         // Otherwise hide it and also remember the shown size to be able to
8140         // restore it later.
8141         sizeCurrent = -sizeCurrent;
8142
8143         // This is negative which is correct.
8144         return sizeCurrent;
8145     }
8146     else // We're just changing the row/column size.
8147     {
8148         // Here it could have been hidden or not previously.
8149         const int sizeOld = sizeCurrent < 0 ? 0 : sizeCurrent;
8150
8151         sizeCurrent = sizeNew;
8152
8153         return sizeCurrent - sizeOld;
8154     }
8155 }
8156
8157 } // anonymous namespace
8158
8159 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
8160 {
8161     // See comment in SetColSize
8162     if ( height > 0 && height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8163         return;
8164
8165     // The value of -1 is special and means to fit the height to the row label.
8166     // As with the columns, ignore attempts to auto-size the hidden rows.
8167     if ( height == -1 && GetRowHeight(row) != 0 )
8168     {
8169         long w, h;
8170         wxArrayString lines;
8171         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
8172         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8173         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
8174         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8175         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
8176         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
8177     }
8178
8179     DoSetRowSize(row, height);
8180 }
8181
8182 void wxGrid::DoSetRowSize( int row, int height )
8183 {
8184     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") );
8185
8186     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
8187     {
8188         // need to really create the array
8189         InitRowHeights();
8190     }
8191
8192     const int diff = UpdateRowOrColSize(m_rowHeights[row], height);
8193     if ( !diff )
8194         return;
8195
8196     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
8197     {
8198         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
8199     }
8200
8201     InvalidateBestSize();
8202
8203     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8204     {
8205         CalcDimensions();
8206         Refresh();
8207     }
8208 }
8209
8210 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
8211 {
8212     // we dont allow zero default column width
8213     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
8214
8215     if ( resizeExistingCols )
8216     {
8217         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
8218         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
8219         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8220         // some speed optimisations)
8221         m_colWidths.Empty();
8222         m_colRights.Empty();
8223         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8224             CalcDimensions();
8225     }
8226 }
8227
8228 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
8229 {
8230     // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than
8231     // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with
8232     // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see
8233     // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special
8234     // sense of hiding the column
8235     if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
8236         return;
8237
8238     // The value of -1 is special and means to fit the width to the column label.
8239     //
8240     // Notice that we currently don't support auto-sizing hidden columns (we
8241     // could, but it's not clear whether this is really needed and it would
8242     // make the code more complex), and for them passing -1 simply means to
8243     // show the column back using its old size.
8244     if ( width == -1 && GetColWidth(col) != 0 )
8245     {
8246         long w, h;
8247         wxArrayString lines;
8248         wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow);
8249         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8250         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
8251         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
8252             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8253         else
8254             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
8255         width = w + 6;
8256         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
8257         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
8258     }
8259
8260     DoSetColSize(col, width);
8261 }
8262
8263 void wxGrid::DoSetColSize( int col, int width )
8264 {
8265     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") );
8266
8267     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
8268     {
8269         // need to really create the array
8270         InitColWidths();
8271     }
8272
8273     const int diff = UpdateRowOrColSize(m_colWidths[col], width);
8274     if ( !diff )
8275         return;
8276
8277     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8278         GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
8279     //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn
8280
8281     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
8282     {
8283         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
8284     }
8285
8286     InvalidateBestSize();
8287
8288     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8289     {
8290         CalcDimensions();
8291         Refresh();
8292     }
8293 }
8294
8295 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
8296 {
8297     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
8298     {
8299         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8300         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
8301     }
8302 }
8303
8304 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
8305 {
8306     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8307     {
8308         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8309         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
8310     }
8311 }
8312
8313 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
8314 {
8315     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8316     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
8317
8318     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8319 }
8320
8321 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
8322 {
8323     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8324     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
8325
8326     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8327 }
8328
8329 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
8330 {
8331     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
8332     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
8333     if ( width >= 0 )
8334         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
8335 }
8336
8337 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
8338 {
8339     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
8340     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
8341     if ( height >= 0 )
8342         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
8343 }
8344
8345 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
8346 {
8347     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8348 }
8349
8350 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
8351 {
8352     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8353 }
8354
8355 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8356 // auto sizing
8357 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8358
8359 void
8360 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
8361 {
8362     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
8363
8364     // We don't support auto-sizing hidden rows or columns, this doesn't seem
8365     // to make much sense.
8366     if ( column )
8367     {
8368         if ( GetColWidth(colOrRow) == 0 )
8369             return;
8370     }
8371     else
8372     {
8373         if ( GetRowHeight(colOrRow) == 0 )
8374             return;
8375     }
8376
8377     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
8378
8379     // cancel editing of cell
8380     HideCellEditControl();
8381     SaveEditControlValue();
8382
8383     // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings even if only
8384     // really needs to be initialized here
8385     int row,
8386         col;
8387     if ( column )
8388     {
8389         row = -1;
8390         col = colOrRow;
8391     }
8392     else
8393     {
8394         row = colOrRow;
8395         col = -1;
8396     }
8397
8398     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
8399     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8400     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
8401     {
8402         if ( column )
8403         {
8404             row = rowOrCol;
8405             col = colOrRow;
8406         }
8407         else
8408         {
8409             row = colOrRow;
8410             col = rowOrCol;
8411         }
8412
8413         // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows:
8414         // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in
8415         // this column/row
8416         int numRows, numCols;
8417         const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8418         if ( span == CellSpan_Inside )
8419         {
8420             // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden
8421             // by it
8422             row += numRows;
8423             col += numCols;
8424
8425             // get the size of the main cell too
8426             GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8427         }
8428
8429         // get cell ( main cell if CellSpan_Inside ) renderer best size
8430         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8431         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
8432         if ( renderer )
8433         {
8434             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
8435             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
8436
8437             if ( span != CellSpan_None )
8438             {
8439                 // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it
8440                 // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't
8441                 // really do much better here
8442                 //
8443                 // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they
8444                 // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not
8445                 // of the cell inside it
8446                 extent /= column ? numCols : numRows;
8447             }
8448
8449             if ( extent > extentMax )
8450                 extentMax = extent;
8451
8452             renderer->DecRef();
8453         }
8454
8455         attr->DecRef();
8456     }
8457
8458     // now also compare with the column label extent
8459     wxCoord w, h;
8460     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8461
8462     if ( column )
8463     {
8464         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8465         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
8466             w = h;
8467     }
8468     else
8469         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8470
8471     extent = column ? w : h;
8472     if ( extent > extentMax )
8473         extentMax = extent;
8474
8475     if ( !extentMax )
8476     {
8477         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8478         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8479         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
8480     }
8481     else
8482     {
8483         if ( column )
8484             // leave some space around text
8485             extentMax += 10;
8486         else
8487             extentMax += 6;
8488     }
8489
8490     if ( column )
8491     {
8492         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
8493         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8494         // in SetColSize().
8495         if ( !setAsMin )
8496             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow));
8497
8498         SetColSize( colOrRow, extentMax );
8499         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8500         {
8501             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8502             {
8503                 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(colOrRow);
8504             }
8505             else
8506             {
8507                 int cw, ch, dummy;
8508                 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8509                 wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, colOrRow ) );
8510                 rect.y = 0;
8511                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
8512                 rect.width = cw - rect.x;
8513                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8514                 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
8515             }
8516         }
8517     }
8518     else
8519     {
8520         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
8521         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8522         // in SetRowSize().
8523         if ( !setAsMin )
8524             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow));
8525
8526         SetRowSize(colOrRow, extentMax);
8527         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8528         {
8529             int cw, ch, dummy;
8530             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8531             wxRect rect( CellToRect( colOrRow, 0 ) );
8532             rect.x = 0;
8533             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8534             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8535             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
8536             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8537         }
8538     }
8539
8540     if ( setAsMin )
8541     {
8542         if ( column )
8543             SetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow, extentMax);
8544         else
8545             SetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow, extentMax);
8546     }
8547 }
8548
8549 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
8550 {
8551     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
8552     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
8553
8554     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
8555                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
8556     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8557
8558     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
8559     //
8560     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
8561     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
8562     const bool
8563         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
8564
8565     wxArrayString lines;
8566     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
8567
8568     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8569     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
8570     {
8571         lines.Clear();
8572
8573         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
8574                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
8575         StringToLines(label, lines);
8576
8577         long w, h;
8578         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
8579
8580         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
8581         if ( extent > extentMax )
8582             extentMax = extent;
8583     }
8584
8585     if ( !extentMax )
8586     {
8587         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8588         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8589         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
8590                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
8591     }
8592
8593     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
8594     if ( calcRows )
8595         extentMax += 10;
8596     else
8597         extentMax += 6;
8598
8599     return extentMax;
8600 }
8601
8602 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8603 {
8604     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8605
8606     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8607     if(!calcOnly)
8608         locker.Create(this);
8609
8610     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
8611     {
8612         if ( !calcOnly )
8613             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
8614
8615         width += GetColWidth(col);
8616     }
8617
8618     return width;
8619 }
8620
8621 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8622 {
8623     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
8624
8625     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8626     if(!calcOnly)
8627         locker.Create(this);
8628
8629     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
8630     {
8631         if ( !calcOnly )
8632             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
8633
8634         height += GetRowHeight(row);
8635     }
8636
8637     return height;
8638 }
8639
8640 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
8641 {
8642     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
8643
8644     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8645                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8646
8647     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
8648     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
8649     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
8650     SetScrollbars(m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine,
8651                   0, 0, 0, 0, true);
8652
8653     SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
8654 }
8655
8656 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
8657 {
8658     // Hide the edit control, so it
8659     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8660     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8661     {
8662         HideCellEditControl();
8663         SaveEditControlValue();
8664     }
8665
8666     // autosize row height depending on label text
8667     SetRowSize(row, -1);
8668
8669     ForceRefresh();
8670 }
8671
8672 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
8673 {
8674     // Hide the edit control, so it
8675     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8676     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8677     {
8678         HideCellEditControl();
8679         SaveEditControlValue();
8680     }
8681
8682     // autosize column width depending on label text
8683     SetColSize(col, -1);
8684
8685     ForceRefresh();
8686 }
8687
8688 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
8689 {
8690     wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
8691
8692     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
8693     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
8694     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8695                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8696
8697     return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
8698             + GetWindowBorderSize();
8699 }
8700
8701 void wxGrid::Fit()
8702 {
8703     AutoSize();
8704 }
8705
8706 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8707 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
8708 {
8709     return wxNullPen;
8710 }
8711 #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8712
8713 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8714 // cell value accessor functions
8715 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8716
8717 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
8718 {
8719     if ( m_table )
8720     {
8721         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
8722         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8723         {
8724             int dummy;
8725             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8726             rect.x = 0;
8727             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8728             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8729             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8730         }
8731
8732         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
8733              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
8734              IsCellEditControlShown())
8735              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
8736              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
8737              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
8738         {
8739             HideCellEditControl();
8740             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
8741         }
8742     }
8743 }
8744
8745 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8746 // block, row and column selection
8747 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8748
8749 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
8750 {
8751     if ( !m_selection )
8752         return;
8753
8754     if ( !addToSelected )
8755         ClearSelection();
8756
8757     m_selection->SelectRow(row);
8758 }
8759
8760 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
8761 {
8762     if ( !m_selection )
8763         return;
8764
8765     if ( !addToSelected )
8766         ClearSelection();
8767
8768     m_selection->SelectCol(col);
8769 }
8770
8771 void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
8772                          bool addToSelected)
8773 {
8774     if ( !m_selection )
8775         return;
8776
8777     if ( !addToSelected )
8778         ClearSelection();
8779
8780     m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol);
8781 }
8782
8783 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
8784 {
8785     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
8786     {
8787         if ( m_selection )
8788             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
8789     }
8790 }
8791
8792 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8793 // cell, row and col deselection
8794 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8795
8796 void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper)
8797 {
8798     if ( !m_selection )
8799         return;
8800
8801     const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
8802     if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() ||
8803             mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns )
8804     {
8805         const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0));
8806         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8807             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8808     }
8809     else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() )
8810     {
8811         const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this);
8812         for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ )
8813         {
8814             const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i));
8815             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8816                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8817         }
8818     }
8819     //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction
8820     //      could have been selected anyhow
8821 }
8822
8823 void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row)
8824 {
8825     DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations());
8826 }
8827
8828 void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col)
8829 {
8830     DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations());
8831 }
8832
8833 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
8834 {
8835     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
8836         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
8837 }
8838
8839 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
8840 {
8841     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
8842              ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8843                m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
8844 }
8845
8846 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
8847 {
8848     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
8849              ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() &&
8850                col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() &&
8851                row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() &&
8852                col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
8853 }
8854
8855 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
8856 {
8857     if (!m_selection)
8858     {
8859         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8860         return a;
8861     }
8862
8863     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
8864 }
8865
8866 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
8867 {
8868     if (!m_selection)
8869     {
8870         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8871         return a;
8872     }
8873
8874     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
8875 }
8876
8877 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
8878 {
8879     if (!m_selection)
8880     {
8881         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8882         return a;
8883     }
8884
8885     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
8886 }
8887
8888 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
8889 {
8890     if (!m_selection)
8891     {
8892         wxArrayInt a;
8893         return a;
8894     }
8895
8896     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
8897 }
8898
8899 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
8900 {
8901     if (!m_selection)
8902     {
8903         wxArrayInt a;
8904         return a;
8905     }
8906
8907     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
8908 }
8909
8910 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
8911 {
8912     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
8913                                   m_selectedBlockBottomRight);
8914     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords,
8915                                   m_selectedBlockCorner);
8916
8917     m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
8918     m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
8919     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8920
8921     if ( !r1.IsEmpty() )
8922         RefreshRect(r1, false);
8923     if ( !r2.IsEmpty() )
8924         RefreshRect(r2, false);
8925
8926     if ( m_selection )
8927         m_selection->ClearSelection();
8928 }
8929
8930 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
8931 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
8932 //
8933 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
8934                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
8935 {
8936     wxRect resultRect;
8937     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
8938     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8939     {
8940         resultRect = tempCellRect;
8941     }
8942     else
8943     {
8944         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
8945     }
8946
8947     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
8948     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8949     {
8950         resultRect += tempCellRect;
8951     }
8952     else
8953     {
8954         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
8955         return wxGridNoCellRect;
8956     }
8957
8958     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
8959     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
8960     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
8961     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
8962     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
8963
8964     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
8965     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
8966     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
8967     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
8968
8969     if (left > right)
8970     {
8971         int tmp = left;
8972         left = right;
8973         right = tmp;
8974
8975         tmp = leftCol;
8976         leftCol = rightCol;
8977         rightCol = tmp;
8978     }
8979
8980     if (top > bottom)
8981     {
8982         int tmp = top;
8983         top = bottom;
8984         bottom = tmp;
8985
8986         tmp = topRow;
8987         topRow = bottomRow;
8988         bottomRow = tmp;
8989     }
8990
8991     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
8992     int cw, ch;
8993     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8994
8995     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
8996     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
8997     int gridOriginX = 0;
8998     int gridOriginY = 0;
8999     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
9000
9001     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
9002     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
9003
9004     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
9005     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
9006
9007     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
9008     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
9009     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
9010     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
9011     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
9012     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
9013     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
9014     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
9015
9016     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
9017     {
9018         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
9019         {
9020             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
9021                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
9022             {
9023                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
9024
9025                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
9026                     left = tempCellRect.x;
9027                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
9028                     top = tempCellRect.y;
9029                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
9030                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
9031                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
9032                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
9033             }
9034             else
9035             {
9036                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
9037             }
9038         }
9039     }
9040
9041     // Convert to scrolled coords
9042     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
9043     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
9044
9045     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
9046         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
9047
9048     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
9049     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
9050     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
9051     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
9052
9053     return resultRect;
9054 }
9055
9056 void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo,
9057                         const wxGridOperations& oper)
9058 {
9059     BeginBatch();
9060     oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true);
9061     const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
9062     for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ )
9063     {
9064         int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i);
9065         if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault)
9066             oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size);
9067     }
9068     EndBatch();
9069 }
9070
9071 void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
9072 {
9073     DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations());
9074 }
9075
9076 void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
9077 {
9078     DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations());
9079 }
9080
9081 wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes)
9082 {
9083     m_sizeDefault = defSize;
9084     for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ )
9085     {
9086         if ( allSizes[i] != defSize )
9087             m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i];
9088     }
9089 }
9090
9091 int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const
9092 {
9093     wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos);
9094
9095     // if it's not found return the default
9096     if ( it == m_customSizes.end() )
9097       return m_sizeDefault;
9098
9099     // otherwise return 0 if it's hidden, currently there is no way to get
9100     // its size before it had been hidden
9101     if ( it->second < 0 )
9102       return 0;
9103
9104     return it->second;
9105 }
9106
9107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9108 // drop target
9109 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9110
9111 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
9112
9113 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
9114 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
9115 {
9116     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
9117 }
9118
9119 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
9120
9121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9122 // grid event classes
9123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9124
9125 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9126
9127 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9128                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
9129                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9130         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9131           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9132 {
9133     Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
9134
9135     SetEventObject(obj);
9136 }
9137
9138 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9139
9140 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9141                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
9142                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9143         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9144           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9145 {
9146     Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
9147
9148     SetEventObject(obj);
9149 }
9150
9151
9152 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9153
9154 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9155                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
9156                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
9157                                                bool sel, bool control,
9158                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9159         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9160           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9161 {
9162     Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
9163
9164     SetEventObject(obj);
9165 }
9166
9167
9168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
9169
9170 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
9171                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
9172                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
9173     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
9174 {
9175     SetEventObject(obj);
9176     m_row = row;
9177     m_col = col;
9178     m_ctrl = ctrl;
9179 }
9180
9181
9182 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9183 // wxGridTypeRegistry
9184 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9185
9186 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
9187 {
9188     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9189     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9190         delete m_typeinfo[i];
9191 }
9192
9193 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9194                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9195                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9196 {
9197     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
9198
9199     // is it already registered?
9200     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9201     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
9202     {
9203         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
9204         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
9205     }
9206     else
9207     {
9208         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
9209     }
9210 }
9211
9212 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9213 {
9214     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9215     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9216     {
9217         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
9218         {
9219             return i;
9220         }
9221     }
9222
9223     return wxNOT_FOUND;
9224 }
9225
9226 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9227 {
9228     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9229     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9230     {
9231         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
9232         // register it "on the fly"
9233 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9234         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
9235         {
9236             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9237                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9238                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
9239         }
9240         else
9241 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9242 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9243         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
9244         {
9245             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
9246                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
9247                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
9248         }
9249         else
9250 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9251 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9252         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
9253         {
9254             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
9255                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
9256                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
9257         }
9258         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
9259         {
9260             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
9261                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
9262                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
9263         }
9264         else
9265 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9266 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9267         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
9268         {
9269             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
9270                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9271                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
9272         }
9273         else
9274 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9275         {
9276             return wxNOT_FOUND;
9277         }
9278
9279         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
9280         // the last index
9281         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9282     }
9283
9284     return index;
9285 }
9286
9287 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9288 {
9289     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
9290     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9291     {
9292         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
9293         // are the parameters for the renderer
9294         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':')));
9295         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9296         {
9297             return wxNOT_FOUND;
9298         }
9299
9300         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
9301         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
9302         renderer = renderer->Clone();
9303         rendererOld->DecRef();
9304
9305         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
9306         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
9307         editor = editor->Clone();
9308         editorOld->DecRef();
9309
9310         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
9311         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':'));
9312         renderer->SetParameters(params);
9313         editor->SetParameters(params);
9314
9315         // register the new typename
9316         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9317
9318         // we just registered it, it's the last one
9319         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9320     }
9321
9322     return index;
9323 }
9324
9325 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
9326 {
9327     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
9328     if (renderer)
9329         renderer->IncRef();
9330
9331     return renderer;
9332 }
9333
9334 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
9335 {
9336     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
9337     if (editor)
9338         editor->IncRef();
9339
9340     return editor;
9341 }
9342
9343 #endif // wxUSE_GRID